Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Property & Casualty / Hallmark Financial Services

Hallmark Financial Services

hall · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker hall
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Property & Casualty
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Hallmark Financial Services
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 2013

H
A
l

l

M
A
R

k

F

I

n
A
n
c

I

A
l

S

e
R
v

I

c
e

S

,

I

n
c

.

A
n
n
u
A
l

R
e
P
o
R
T

2
0
1
3

777 Main Street, Suite 1000  I  Fort Worth, Texas 76102  I  P (817) 348-1600  I  www.hallmarkgp.com

 
 
 
 
 
NASDAQ:  HALL

Headquartered in Fort Worth, Texas,
Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. is a publicly traded 
holding company with wholly owned subsidiaries 
engaged in property and casualty insurance.

Hallmark'S BuSIneSS Plan

Our COrPOraTe STraTegy

is  to  operate  as  a  diversified  underwriter  of  niche  property  and  casualty 
insurance  products.  This  plan  is  executed  by  five  wholly  owned  business 
units,  each  with  separate  specialty  product  focus.  each  business  unit  is 
independent of each other and has their own senior management, under-
writing, and claims staff.

is  to  create  a  “Best-in-Class”  Specialty  Insurance  Company  focused on 
under writing  profitability  and  long-term  growth  of  stockholders’  book 
value  per  share.  Our  specialty  product  focus  and  niche  market  strategy 
enable us to develop and retain in-house underwriting expertise and spe-
cialized  market  knowledge,  which  helps  differentiate  Hallmark  from  our 
competitors.  each  business  unit  tailors  its  products  and  product  distribu-
tion to the unique nature of the risk and coverages they provide.

Our FInanCIal gOal

is to earn a consistent underwriting profit and build long-term shareholder 
value  by  focusing  on  profitability  and  operating  efficiency  versus  topline 
premium growth and market share.

PremIum BreakDOWn By Hallmark BuSIneSS unIT COmPOnenTS

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

$12

$10

$8

$6

$4

)
s
n
o

i
l
l
i

m
n

i

$
(
P
P
G

Book Value Per Share for “HALL”
Book Value Per Share for “HALL”

$12.36

Workers
Workers
Workers
Compensati on
Compensati on
Compensati on
$3,116
$3,116
$3,116

Workers
Workers
Workers
Compensati on
Compensati on
Compensati on
$7,977
$7,977
$7,977

Workers
Compensati on
$9,089

Other
Other
Other
Programs
Programs
$85
$85

excess &
umbrella
$12,679

e&S
Specialty
$108,145

general
general
Aviati on
$25,145

Other
Other
Programs
Programs
$247
$247

excess &
umbrella
$25,007

e&S
Specialty
$94,948

general
Aviati on
$24,029

Other
Other
Programs
Programs
$2,108
$2,108

excess &
umbrella
$33,762

e&S
e&S
Specialty
Specialty
$122,412
$122,412

general
general
Aviati on
$20,451

Other
Other
Programs
Programs
$11,473
$11,473

excess &
excess &
umbrella
umbrella
$40,687
$40,687

e&S
e&S
Specialty
Specialty
$159,223
$159,223

general
general
Aviati on
$18,690

Other
Programs
$8,773

excess &
umbrella
$51,847

e&S
Specialty
$212,255

general
Aviati on
$18,188

excess &
umbrella
$28,089

e&S
e&S
Specialty
Specialty
$101,094
$101,094

general
general
Aviati on
$22,538

e&S
e&S
Specialty
Specialty
$126,255
$126,255

general
general
Aviati on
$30,235

e&S
e&S
Specialty
Specialty
$121,390
$121,390

general
general
Aviati on
$29,607

Standard
Commercial
$68,519

Standard
Commercial
$75,808

Standard
Commercial
$81,721

Standard
Commercial
$91,679

Standard
Commercial
$90,988

Standard
Commercial
$80,193

Standard
Commercial
$72,511

Standard
Commercial
$67,844

Standard
Commercial
$66,304

Standard
Commercial
$69,113

Standard
Commercial
$78,057

Personal
lines
$51,643

Personal
lines
$55,745

Personal
lines
$43,497

Personal
lines
$36,345

Personal
lines
$45,135

Personal
lines
$55,919

Personal
lines
$60,834

Personal
lines
$71,708

Personal
lines
$95,292

Personal
lines
$96,226

Personal
lines
$77,068

Personal
lines
$76,772

$51,643

$124,264

$119,305

$118,066

$293,304

$297,904

$287,081

$288,450

$314,857

$344,379

$384,231

$454,981

Past performance is no guarantee of future performance.

HIGHLIGHTS

For the Years Ended December 31, ($ in thousands, except per share amounts)

Operati ng Results 
Gross premiums writt en 
net premiums earned 
Net operati ng (loss) income 
Net income (loss) att ributable to Hallmark 
Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted 

 2013 

   2012 

   2011 

   2010 

   2009

$ 460,027 
   360,541 
     11,080 
       8,245 
     19,361 

$ 389,842 
   319,436 
       3,374 
       3,524 
     19,269 

$ 354,881 
   293,041 
    (19,787) 
    (10,891) 
      19,673 

$ 320,973 
   278,271 
       8,371 
       7,403 
     20,175 

$ 287,558
   251,072
     33,257
     24,575
     20,633

Per Share
net income—diluted 
Book value 

Selected Balance Sheet Items
Total cash and investments 
Total assets 
unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses 
unearned premiums 
Total liabiliti es 
Total stockholders’ equity 

GAAP Rati os
Loss rati o 
Expense rati o 
Combined rati o 

$   0.43 
$ 12.36 

$   0.18 
$ 11.45 

$  (0.55) 
$ 11.19 

$   0.37 
$ 11.69 

$   1.19
$ 11.26

$ 615,181 
$ 909,023 
$ 382,640 
$ 185,303 
$ 670,905 
$ 238,118 

$ 539,212 
$ 790,468 
$ 313,416 
$ 162,502 
$ 569,931 
$ 220,537 

$ 508,471 
$ 746,059 
$ 296,945 
$ 146,104 
$ 529,203 
$ 215,572 

$ 498,237 
$ 736,557 
$ 251,677 
$ 140,965 
$ 499,919 
$ 235,278 

$ 445,405
$ 628,869
$ 184,662
$ 125,089
$ 401,228
$ 226,517

  72.5% 
  29.2% 
101.7% 

  70.9% 
  30.8% 
101.7% 

  81.6% 
  30.8% 
112.4% 

  72.8% 
  29.6% 
102.4% 

61.2%
30.5%
91.7%

   
 
 
 
 
Letter from Our Executive Chairman
mark  e. SCHWarz

In 2013, Hallmark’s book value per share increased 8% to $12.36, 
its highest level ever. 2013 was a year marked by difficult credit 
markets, a buoyant equity market and slowly improving economic 
and industry conditions.

Hallmark’s 2013 net premiums written increased 9% to $361 mil-
lion, while policies in-force declined 5%. The increase in premiums 
reflected modest rate increases across much of our business, with 
the highest rate increases coming from Specialty Commercial, our 
largest segment, where net premiums written increased $50 mil-
lion  following  a  $42  million  increase  in  the  prior  year.  Hallmark’s 
after-tax  net  income  of  $8  million  improved  compared  to  prior 
year,  but  did  not  meet  expectations  due  to  a  fourth  consecutive 
year with a greater than 100% combined ratio. While improvement 
in reported underwriting results developed at a slower pace than 
planned,  meaningful  improvement  was  achieved  in  current  acci-
dent year results. With the turnaround in our Personal lines busi-
ness unit nearly complete and other underwriting initiatives taken, 
we have reason to expect operating results will improve in 2014.

Hallmark’s 2013 total investment return was $35 million, or nearly 
8% on beginning investments, an increase from $20 million in the 
prior year. During the year bond prices fell, as the yield on 10-year 
u.S.  Treasuries  nearly  doubled  to  3.0%  from  where  it  began  at 
1.8%.  u.S.  equity  gauges  rose  to  records,  with  the  Standard  & 
Poor’s  500  Index  posting  a  32%  advance,  its  greatest  since  1997 
and  ending  the  year  at  an  all-time  high  for  the  first  time  since 
1999. against this backdrop, our fixed income portfolios, both tax-
able  and  tax-exempt,  produced  positive  returns  compared  to 
losses  for  nearly  all  bond  benchmarks.  The  performance  of  our 
equity portfolio exceeded that of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index. 

During 2013, total cash  and  investments increased $76 million  or 
14% to $615 million, or nearly $32 per share, another all-time high. 
The increase in total cash and investments was due to investment 
gains  and  cash  flow  from  operations  of  $68  million,  up  from  $34 
million in the prior year. year-end cash balances totaled $154 mil-
lion.  While  punitive  on  returns  in  the  short-term,  our  substantial 
liquidity provides flexibility to take advantage of market opportu-
nities if and when they arise.

67%

Cash & Investments

Debt Securities 
Cash & equivalents 
equities 

67%
25%
  8%

It has been said that experience is what you get when you didn’t 
get what you wanted. recent years have been a difficult period for 
Hallmark. Clearly a lot of experience was gained during this time. 
While we are disappointed to have fallen short of our targets, we 
know  what  we  want  and  believe  we  have  become  more  capable 
and “experienced” in our ability to achieve the results we expect 
of ourselves.  

Some  years,  or  periods  of  years,  are  destined  to  be  better  than 
others. Certain factors effecting performance will be determined 
by  things  we  control  and  others  determined  by  market  factors 
beyond our control. regression to the mean does not apply to sit-
uations that are determined by skill. Therefore, we believe apply-
ing  our  skills  and  expertise  to  the  factors  we  do  control  should 
result  in  producing  above  average  results  over  the  longer  term. 
During the past year, our skills and expertise have been strength-
ened  by  increasing  our  investment  in  data  analytics  and  related 
human  capital,  helping  to  foster  a  more  data  driven  culture 
throughout the company.

It  is  reasonable  to  expect  over  the  longer  term  that  the  price  of 
Hallmark stock will reflect the trend in book value growth. In the 
short term these two can vary widely, as has been the case lately. 
With the difference between market price and book value as great 

$615

Cash & Investments
($ in millions)

$700

$600

$500

$400

$300

$200

$100

$0

2009

2010 2011 2012 2013

as it is now, it is fair to ask why the Company is not acquiring its 
own  shares.  While  true  that  the  current  discount  represents 
opportunity, it is only one of several factors that must be consid-
ered  in  making  capital  allocation  decisions  for  the  Company.  as 
such, present circumstances have dictated that priority be given to 
growth in capital and surplus, rather than the reduction that would 
result from share repurchases.  

The  Company’s  capital  and  surplus  position  will  undoubtedly 
change  in  the  future.  Should  the  opportunity  represented  by  the 
market  price  for  Hallmark  shares  still  exist,  we  will  likely  seek  to 
again repurchase our shares. It should be noted that Hallmark is no 
stranger to share repurchases. Since the September 2009 quarter, 
Hallmark  has  repurchased  1.6  million,  or  8.1%,  of  its  outstanding 
shares  at  an  average  price  of  $7.17,  equivalent  to  58%  of  today’s 
book  value  per  share.  There  remain  approximately  2.4  million 
shares authorized for repurchase under the Company’s stock buy-
back program.  

Hallmark does some things differently than others in its industry, 
owing  to  certain  strongly  held  beliefs.  First  and  foremost  is  our 
owner-oriented culture, resulting from significant shareholder rep-
resentation  on  the  board  and  the  alignment  of  management  and 
shareholders’ interests evident in our investment decisions, capital 
management  practices  and  compensation  and  incentive  struc-
tures.  We  believe  these  characteristics  coupled  with  a  true  long-
term perspective will foster an above average record of long-term 
value creation in the future.

During  recent  years  many  of  Hallmark’s  peer  publicly-traded, 
small-capitalization, property and casualty companies have disap-
peared. While arguments for the benefits of scale have merit, we 
continue to consider our size an advantage. Simply put, it is easier 
to find a great small opportunity, than a really great big opportu-
nity.  as  we  go  forward,  we  will  seek  great  opportunities,  both 
small and large. We will emphasize underwriting profitability while 
striving  to  increase  the  value  of  our  existing  businesses,  finding 
suitable acquisitions at sensible prices and identifying investment 
opportunities in public securities that balance acceptable levels of 
risk with the prospect for meaningful gains.

mark e. Schwarz
executive Chairman of the Board
april 15, 2014

Letter from Our President & CEO
mark  j. mOrrISO n

a.m. Best reported that the u. S. property/casualty insurance 
industry’s net premiums written increased nearly 5% in 2013 to 
$484 billion, marking a fourth consecutive year of top-line growth. 

lower  catastrophe  losses  and  strong  prior-year  reserve  releases 
produced  the  industry-wide  combined  ratio  of  96%  and  the  first 
underwriting  profit  since  2009.  The  industry’s  capital  position 
remains at historically high levels. Driven by modest underwriting 
profit and strong gains in the investment portfolio, the property/
casualty insurers’ aggregate policyholder surplus increased in 2013 
by over 11% to $674 billion. With interest rates likely to stay low 
for some time, insurance companies will have to continue to focus 
on  improving  their  profitability  through  underwriting  rather  than 
investments.  However,  the  growing  capacity  in  the  market  and 
new  entrants  deploying  capital  across  a  variety  of  lines  of  busi-
ness, have already started to diminish the upward momentum on 
premium rates.

For Hallmark, fiscal 2013 had a very similar story line as the previ-
ous year: increasing premium rates, improving underwriting mar-
gins  and  an  extraordinarily  high  level  of  catastrophic  losses  from 
weather events. While the industry enjoyed the benefit of a mild 
catastrophe year, our fiscal 2013 was once again one of the most 
costly catastrophic years in our history. even with proactive mea-
sures  taken  to  reduce  our  exposure  to  large  catastrophe-prone 
property  exposures,  we  incurred  gross  losses  of  $10  million  and 
$12 million, or nearly 3% and 4% to the consolidated loss ratio for 
fiscal  years  2013  and  2012,  respectively.  The  catastrophe  losses 
incurred in the last two years represent more than twice the mod-
eled  expected  annual  catastrophe  losses.  also  dissimilar  to  the 
industry  as  a  whole,  we  incurred  adverse  development  on  prior 
year loss reserves of $10 million during fiscal 2013, or nearly 3% of 
our consolidated combined ratio of 101.7%.

For  the  past  three  years,  the  products  and  markets  in  which 
Hallmark competes have allowed us to organically grow our books 
of  business  in  excess  of  the  industry.  Our  gross  written  premium 
has grown by 18% and 10% in fiscal years 2013 and 2012, respec-
tively,  and  has  reached  a  new  high  watermark  of  $460  million  in 
fiscal 2013. There are two principal drivers of growth in the prop-
erty/casualty  insurance  industry:  exposure  growth  and  rate 
increases. exposure growth is basically an increase in the number 
and/or  value  of  insurable  interests  fueled  primarily  by  economic 

Gross Premiums Written
($ in millions)

$500

$450

$400

$350

$300

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0

$460

2009 2010 2011 2012 2013
201

201

201

expansion. growth from rate increases is simply applying a higher 
price  on  the  underlying  exposure  units  insured.  Our  growth  in 
gross written premium over the past three years is primarily driven 
by increased rate and, to a lesser extent, by exposure growth. We 
feel  our  ability  to  aggressively  raise  rate  over  the  last  two  years 
will  have  a  favorable  effect  on  future  underwriting  margins  as 
earned  price  increases  more  than  offset  claim  cost  inflation.  The 
favorable impact of these rate increases on underwriting margin is 
already evident from the significant improvement in our combined 
ratio during fiscal 2013 from 105.6% in the first half of the year to 
97.8% in the last half.

notwithstanding those elements that drove unexpected volatility 
in our fiscal 2013 underwriting results, we feel that the strides we 
have taken over recent years to better position our operating units 
in  their  respective  markets  have  significantly  enhanced  the  long-
term competitiveness and financial strength of Hallmark, if not the 
near-term results.  

The accompanying annual report describes in detail the progress 
we have made in realizing our vision for your Company. Please let 
me summarize some of the highlights for you.

WHO We a re anD WHaT We DO
We  are  a  diversified  property/casualty  insurance  group  serving 
businesses  and  individuals  in  specialty  and  niche  markets  that 
require  specialized  underwriting  expertise  or  market  knowledge. 
We currently offer specialty commercial insurance, standard com-
mercial insurance and personal insurance in selected market sub-
low-severity  and 
categories  that  are  characteristically 
predominately short-tailed risks. 

We market, distribute, underwrite and service our property/casu-
alty insurance products through the following business units, each 
of which has a specific focus:

4 Our E&S Commercial business unit primarily offers commercial 
automobile,  general  liability,  commercial  property  and  excess 
casualty policies in the excess and surplus lines market. We offer 
these products to middle market commercial businesses that often 
do not meet the underwriting requirements of standard insurers. 
The  e&S  Commercial  business  unit  markets  its  products  in  26 
states through 11 wholesale brokers and 77 general agency offices, 
as  well  as  188  independent  retail  agent  offices  throughout  Texas 
and Oregon.

4 Our Hallmark Select business unit offers small and middle mar-
ket commercial excess liability, umbrella and general liability insur-
ance on both an admitted and non-admitted basis; general aviation 
property/casualty  insurance  primarily  for  private  and  small  com-
mercial  aircraft  and  airports;  satellite  launch  property/casualty 
insurance products; and medical professional liability insurance on 
an excess and surplus lines basis.

 The small and middle market commercial excess liability, umbrella 
and general liability insurance underwritten by our Hallmark Select 
business unit focuses primarily on trucking, specialty automobile, 
and  non-fleet  automobile  coverage.  Typical  risks  range  from  one 
power unit to fleets of up to 200 power units. Our Hallmark Select 
business unit markets these products through 117 wholesale bro-
kers in 49 states.

Gross Premiums Produced

47%
e&S Commercial 
17%
Standard Commercial 
17%
Personal lines 
11%
excess & umbrella 
4%
general aviation 
Workers Compensation  2%
2%
Other Programs 

47%

per  risk  for  satellite  launches  and  in-orbit  coverage  for  up  to  12 
months.

  The  medical  professional  liability  insurance  underwritten  on  an 
excess  and  surplus  basis  by  our  Hallmark  Select  business  unit 
focuses  on  healthcare  professionals  that  do  not  meet  the  under-
writing  requirements  of  standard  insurers  due  to  factors  such  as 
loss history, number of years in business, minimum premium size 
and types of business operation. Our Hallmark Select business unit 
markets  these  medical  professional  liability  insurance  products 
through 18 wholesale brokers in 49 states.

4 Our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  business  unit  primarily  under-
writes  lower-severity,  short-tailed  commercial  property/casualty 
insurance  products  in  the  standard  market.  We  distribute  these 
products through a network of 356 independent agents primarily 
serving businesses in the non-urban areas of Texas, new mexico, 
Oregon, Idaho, montana, Washington, utah, Wyoming, arkansas, 
Hawaii and missouri.

4 Our Workers Compensation business unit offers small and mid-
dle market workers compensation insurance products.  We distrib-
ute these products through a network of 154 independent agents 
in Texas and montana with a predominate portion of the distribu-
tion in Texas.

4 Our Personal Lines business unit offers non-standard personal 
automobile,  low  value  dwelling/homeowners,  renters  and  manu-
factured homes policies.  We market these policies through a net-
work of over 3,300 independent retail agents in 15 states.

 The aircraft liability and hull insurance products underwritten by 
our  Hallmark  Select  business  unit  are  targeted  to  transitional  or 
non-standard  pilots  who  may  have  difficulty  obtaining  insurance 
from  a  standard  carrier.  airport  liability  insurance  is  marketed  to 
smaller, regional airports. Our Hallmark Select business unit mar-
kets these general aviation insurance products through 192 inde-
pendent  specialty  brokers  in  48  states.  The  satellite  launch 
property/casualty  policies  produced  by  our  Hallmark  Select  busi-
ness unit are marketed through underwriting agencies with techni-
cal knowledge of space insurance. We can retain up to $2.0 million 

The insurance policies produced by our business units are written 
by  our  insurance  company  subsidiaries,  as  well  as  unaffiliated 
insurers. a.m. Best has assigned a financial strength rating of “a-” 
VIII  (Excellent)  to  each  of  our  insurance  company  subsidiaries 
except  Texas  Builders  Insurance  Company,  which  is  not  presently 
rated.  These  insurance  company  subsidiaries  are  american 
Hallmark  Insurance  Company  of  Texas,  Hallmark  Insurance 
Company,  Hallmark  Specialty  Insurance  Company,  Hallmark 
national  Insurance  Company,  Hallmark  County  mutual  Insurance 
Company and Texas Builders Insurance Company.

Our OPeraTIOnal STruCTure

Hallmark Select

E&S Commercial

Standard
Commercial P&C

Workers
Compensation

Personal Lines

General
Aviation

Excess &
Umbrella

Professional
Liability

We  SegregaTe  Our  FIVe  BuSIneSS  unITS  I nTO  THree  rePOrTIng  SegmenTS  FOr  FInanCIal  aCCOunTIng 
PurPOSeS.  Our  InSur anCe  COmP any  SuBSIDIarIeS  reTaIn  a  POrTIOn  OF  THe  PremIumS  PrODuCeD  By  Our 
BuSIneSS  unITS.  TH e  aBOVe  CHar T  reFleC TS  THe  OPer aTIOnal   STruC Ture  OF  Our  OrganIz aTIOn  anD  THe 
BuSIneSS unITS I nCluDeD In eaCH rePOrTIng SegmenT.

Our PHIl OSOPHy, STrengTHS anD STraTegIeS 
Our goal is to create a “Best-in-Class” specialty property/casualty 
insurance company focused on underwriting profitability and 
long-term growth of shareholders’ equity. We also seek to build a 
strong balance sheet based on conservative investment, reinsur-
ance and reserving practices. In pursuing these objectives, we 
have certain competitive strengths, including:

•  Specialized market knowledge and underwriting expertise in the 
market subcategories served by our business units;

•  Tailored  marketing  strategies  developed  by  each  business  unit 
to penetrate the specialty or niche market in which it operates;

•  Superior  agent  and  customer  service  from  performing  the 
underwriting,  billing,  customer  service  and  claims  management 
functions at the business unit level;

•  market  diversification  that  spreads  both  our  revenue  and  our 
risks  among  various  specialty  and  niche  markets  that  generally 
operate on different market cycles; and

•  an experienced management team comprised of executive offi-
cers with an average of over 20 years of insurance industry experi-
ence,  as  well  as  strong  management  and  underwriting  teams 
within each of our business units.

Our  strategies  for  exploiting  these  competitive  strengths  to 
achieve our goal of becoming a “Best in Class” specialty property/
casualty insurance company include:

•  Focusing  on  underwriting  discipline  and  operational  efficiency 
to  consistently  generate  an  underwriting  profit  in  both  hard  and 
soft markets;

•  achieving organic growth in our existing business lines by con-
sistently providing our insurance products through market cycles, 
expanding geographically, expanding our agency relationships and 
further penetrating our existing customer base;

•  Pursuing selected, opportunistic acquisitions of insurance orga-
nizations operating in specialty and niche property/casualty insur-
ance markets that are complementary to our existing operations; 

•  maintaining  a  strong  balance  sheet  by  employing  conservative 
investment, reinsurance and reserving practices;

•  achieving above average long-term investment returns; and

•  measuring our performance based on long-term growth in book 
value per share.

Our 2013 PerFOrman Ce 
Our total revenues for 2013 were $389 million, net income was $8 
million, or $0.43 per diluted share, and operating cash flows were 
$68  million.  The  year-over-year  increase  in  revenue  continues  to 
be largely driven by organic growth from our Specialty Commercial 
Segment,  which  now  represents  approximately  two-thirds  of  our 
total gross written premium. nearly all of our commercial lines of 
business have seen an increase in premium production generated 
from  multiple  years  of  favorable  rate  trends,  as  well  as  from 
growth  in  insured  exposure  units  that  suggests  improving  eco-
nomic conditions in the markets in which we operate. 

The following are highlights of the 2013 results and our plans for 
2014 for our reporting segments:

4 gross written premium for our Specialty Commercial Segment 
grew $60 million, or 26%, during fiscal 2013 to $296 million.  most 
of  the  premium  growth  came  from  our  primary  and  excess 

commercial  automobile  lines  of  business,  which  now  represent 
46%  of  company-wide  premium  writings.  Pricing  trends  in  com-
mercial automobile continued to be favorable in 2013, as we have 
now compounded three years of premium rate increases.  Our pri-
mary  commercial  automobile  business  achieved  premium  rate 
increases of over 12% on policies written in 2013, while our excess 
commercial automobile business achieved premium rate increases 
of 5%.  The state of Texas, which comprises approximately 80% of 
our  commercial  automobile  business,  experienced  a  hardening 
rate environment as several competing carriers discontinued writ-
ing  business  in  the  state,  while  demand  increased  as  a  result  of 
economic expansion in the energy related trucking business.  

Fiscal 2013 proved to be yet another active hail season in our geo-
graphic  territories.  However,  year-over-year,  our  net  catastrophe 
losses decreased from $10 million incurred during 2012 to $6 mil-
lion  in  2013.  The  improvement  in  catastrophe-related  losses  is 
partly attributed to underwriting actions taken to reduce exposure 
in the geographic areas that have experienced increased frequency 
of  storm  activity  in  recent  years.    In  addition  to  implementing 
aggressive premium rate increases in catastrophe prone areas, we 
reduced  property  risks  with  underwriting  characteristics  making 
them  more  susceptible  to  hail  damage.  For  remaining  property 
risks, renewal policies included increases in wind/hail deductibles 
and certain coverage restrictions on cosmetic damages.  

Our general aviation and medical professional liability lines of busi-
ness  saw  flat  year-over-year  gross  premium  writing  for  2013  as 
they  continue  to  operate  in  highly  competitive  markets.    We 
expect the premium writings for these lines of business to remain 
flat to slightly down in 2014 as we strive to maintain premium rate 
adequacy  and  underwriting  discipline  as  the  current  competitive 
market cycle persists.

Our  Specialty  Commercial  Segment  net  loss  ratio  was  69.8%  in 
2013  which  increased  from  the  61.6%  reported  in  2012.  This 
increase  was  due  primarily  to  adverse  loss  reserve  development 
from  prior  years  when  soft  market  conditions  prevailed  and  pre-
mium rates were not as strong. The net expense ratio improved to 
26.6%  in  2013  from  the  28.3%  in  2012.    The  improvement  in  the 
net  expense  ratio  was  largely  due  to  operational  efficiencies 
gained from the increase in premium writings.

We  continue  to  have  a  positive  outlook  for  2014  in  our  the  com-
mercial  specialty  business  as  the  rate  increases  achieved  during 
2013  are  earned  into  the  2014  underwriting  results  and  we  are 
able to take additional premium rate increases in 2014 in our com-
mercial automobile lines of business.

4 gross written premium for our Standard Commercial Segment
of $87 million during fiscal 2013 grew 13.0% from the $77.1 million 
produced  in  2012.    as  was  true  for  nearly  all  of  our  commercial 
lines  of  business,  growth  was  achieved  through  increases  in  pre-
mium rates. Our Standard Commercial P&C business unit achieved 
a  premium  rate  increase  of  9%  on  policies  written  during  2013. 
This increase is in addition to a rate increase of 7% on policies writ-
ten  in  2012.    Our  Workers  Compensation  business  unit  also 
achieved premium rate increases of nearly 9% for policies initiated 
in 2013.

The fiscal 2013 net loss ratio of 71.8% for our Standard Commercial 
Segment reflected an improvement of 4.6 percentage points from 
76.4% in 2012.  The net expense ratio improved by 1.0 percentage 
point as well during fiscal 2013 decreasing to 32.2%.  much of this 
improvement was due to efficiencies gained from the increase in 
premium volumes.

We expect the positive momentum gained in fiscal 2013 will con-
tinue into 2014 as the premium rate and underwriting actions fully 
earn  into  our  underwriting  results  and  additional  rate  increases 
are achieved.

4 Operating results in our Personal Segment improved for a sec-
ond  year  with  a  net  loss  ratio  of  82.5%  in  2013  as  compared  to 
85.5%  in  2012.    gross  written  premium  was  $77  million  in  2013, 
which  is  in  line  with  2012.    The  net  expense  ratio  for  2013  also 
improved 1.8 percentage points to 26.7%.

although in 2013 the loss ratio improved across the segment, we 
did not achieve our targeted underwriting goal for the year. These 
improving loss ratio trends throughout the year signal a continued 
reduction  of  the  adverse  impact  of  decisions  made  by  the  prior 
personal  lines  management  team—specifically,  the  rapid  expan-
sion  of  states  and  products,  punctuated  by  the  decision  to  enter 
the Florida personal automobile market.

The  corrective  actions  taken  by  the  current  management  team 
have improved results and trends indicate improvement will con-
tinue  in  2014.    earned  premium  associated  with  the  states  and 
products that were exited has now fallen below $2 million and will 
completely  runoff  by  the  end  of  2014,  thus  eliminating  the  busi-
ness  that  has  generated  the  unacceptable  results  for  more  than 
the  last  three  years.  In  addition  to  managing  runoff  of  this  busi-
ness, the management team has focused resources on improving 
profitability in our core remaining products and states.  aggressive 
rate activity in personal automobile and property resulted in aver-
age  increases  of  5%  and  10%,  respectively,  on  policies  written  in 
2013.  as  these  increases  earn  into  the  underwriting  results  in 
2014,  we  expect  to  see  continued  improvement  in  loss  ratio 
trends.  additionally,  this  rate  activity  is  being  supplemented  by 
improvements in our risk selection and agency management pro-
cesses to ensure we maintain positive momentum and continue to 
see overall improvement in profitability. 

We  remain  confident  that  we  have  taken  the  proper  corrective 
actions and expect the business produced by the Personal Segment 
will positively contribute to profitable results going forward.

geOgraPHIC SPreaD OF PremIumS PrODuCeD In 2013

1% to 2.99%

3% to 4.99%

5% to 9.99%

10% and higher

(All other states are <1.00% of total premium)

1%

3%

2%

2%

1%

1%

1%

1%

1%

1%

4%

3%

3%

51%

1%

2%

1%

2%

1%

2%

5%

1%

1%

1%

1%

1%

WHere We gO FrOm Here
Overall, the property/casualty insurance industry looks to be doing 
quite well. The economy and interest rate trends appear stable, if 
not improving; catastrophe experience has been modest; and cap-
ital continues to grow each year to record levels. While conditions 
for  the  insurance  industry  have  clearly  improved  over  the  recent 
years, we believe as long as the industry remains overcapitalized, 
competition for premium volume will once again take priority over 
underwriting margin, and a true hard market will remain elusive.

For Hallmark, the greatest opportunity in 2014 will be our ability to 
improve  underwriting  margins  through  our  continued  focus  on 
organic growth within our current books of business. a reduction 
of  underwriting  capacity  due  to  competitors  pulling  out  of  our 
markets  has  allowed  us  to  achieve  meaningful  rate  increases  in 
2013  and  2012.  robust  economic  conditions  in  our  core  states 
have  resulted  in  growth  in  insured  exposure  units.  We  expect 
these trends to generally continue throughout 2014 as we monitor 
and pursue price increases across most of our lines of business. 

as we move beyond 2014, we believe the most successful compa-
nies will be those that differentiate themselves in the marketplace 
other  than  by  the  price  they  charge.  This  will  require  innovation 
and  improved  service,  especially  when  it  comes  to  integrating 
technology  and  developing  better  data  analytics  and  risk  model-
ing. We continue to make investments in technology and people, 
with the intent to increase access to data and information across 
operational  platforms,  drive  down  operating  costs,  and  enhance 
analytic capabilities across all of our businesses.

Finally,  the  first  quarter  of  2014  marks  my  10th  anniversary  at 
Hallmark. I am very fortunate to have worked with a dedicated and 
capable team over this timeframe, and I am proud of the 10-year 
track record we have achieved together. Our strategy has been to 
transform Hallmark into a “Best-In-Class” specialty insurance com-
pany.  Since  the  start  of  2004,  we  have  been  able  to  successfully 
diversify Hallmark’s premium base and grow book value per share 
at  a  compounded  annual  growth  rate  of  16%  and  10%,  respec-
tively.  This  achievement  spans  a  10-year  period  that  included  a 
prolonged soft market, worldwide financial crisis and severe eco-
nomic  recession.  although  this  outcome  was  less  than  what  we 
had  targeted,  our  results  have  consistently  exceeded  that  of  the 
overall  property/casualty  insurance  industry.  recent  years  have 
been  a  challenge  in  many  ways.  However,  we  remain  confident 
that over the long-term, Hallmark will achieve the greater perfor-
mance goals we set for ourselves and our stakeholders have grown 
to expect. 

I greatly appreciate your support of our vision and continue to be 
optimistic that the best is yet to come.

mark j. morrison
President and Chief executive Officer
april 15, 2014

10-K Financial Report

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 
 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the fiscal year ended DECEMBER 31, 2013 

Or 

 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the transition period from _________________________ to _________________________________ 
Commission file number 001-11252 
Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Nevada 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) 
777 Main Street, Suite 1000, Fort Worth, Texas 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) 
Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (817) 348-1600 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

87-0447375 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 
76102 
(Zip Code) 

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock $.18 par value 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered 
Nasdaq Global Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  
Yes  No   

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  
Yes  No   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 
Yes  No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  
Yes  No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will 
not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  the  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements  incorporated  by 
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer  or  a 
smaller reporting company. See definition of “accelerated filer”, “large accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in 
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 
Large accelerated filer  

  Smaller reporting company  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  No  

  Non-accelerated filer  

  Accelerated filer  

State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to 
the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last 
business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. $129.9 million 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date. 
19,263,457 shares of common stock, $.18 par value per share, outstanding as of March 12, 2014. 

1 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

The information required by Part III is incorporated  by reference from the Registrant's definitive  proxy statement to be filed 
with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report. 
Unless the context requires otherwise, in this Form 10-K the term “Hallmark” refers solely to Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. 
and the terms “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to Hallmark and its subsidiaries. The direct and indirect subsidiaries of Hallmark are 
referred to in this Form 10-K in the manner identified in the chart under “Item 1. Business – Operational Structure.” 

Risks Associated with Forward-Looking Statements Included in this Form 10-K 

This Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act 
of  1995,  which  are  intended  to  be  covered  by  the  safe  harbors  created  thereby.  Forward-looking  statements  include 
statements which are predictive in nature, which depend upon or refer to future events or conditions, or which include words 
such  as  “expect,”  “anticipate,”  “intend,”  “plan,”  “believe,”  “estimate”  or  similar  expressions.  These  statements  include  the 
plans  and  objectives  of  management  for  future  operations,  including  plans  and  objectives  relating  to  future  growth  of  our 
business activities and availability of funds. Statements regarding the following subjects are forward-looking by their nature: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

our business and growth strategies; 

our performance goals; 

our projected financial condition and operating results; 

our understanding of our competition; 

industry and market trends; 

the impact of technology on our products, operations and business; and 

any other statements or assumptions that are not historical facts. 

The forward-looking statements included in this Form 10-K are based on current expectations that involve numerous risks and 
uncertainties.  Assumptions  relating  to  these  forward-looking  statements  involve  judgments  with  respect  to,  among  other 
things,  future  economic,  competitive  and  market  conditions,  legislative  initiatives,  regulatory  framework,  weather-related 
events and future business decisions, all of which are difficult or impossible to predict accurately and many of which are beyond 
our control. Although we believe that the assumptions underlying these forward-looking statements are reasonable, any of the 
assumptions  could  be  inaccurate  and,  therefore,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  forward-looking  statements  included  in 
this Form 10-K will prove to be accurate. In light of the significant uncertainties inherent in these forward-looking statements, 
the inclusion of such information should not be regarded as a representation that our objectives and plans will be achieved. 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1. Business. 

Who We Are 

PART I 

We are a diversified property/casualty insurance group that serves businesses and individuals in specialty and niche markets.  

We  offer  standard  commercial  insurance,  specialty  commercial  insurance  and  personal  insurance  in  selected  market 
subcategories that are characteristically low-severity and predominately short-tailed risks. We focus on marketing, distributing, 
underwriting  and  servicing  property/casualty  insurance  products  that  require  specialized  underwriting  expertise  or  market 
knowledge.  We  believe  this  approach  provides  us  the  best  opportunity  to  achieve  favorable  policy  terms  and  pricing.  The 
insurance policies we produce are written by our six insurance company subsidiaries as well as unaffiliated insurers. 

We market, distribute, underwrite and service our property/casualty insurance products primarily through five business units, 
each  of  which  has  a  specific  focus.  Our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  business  unit  primarily  handles  standard  commercial 
insurance and occupational accident insurance, our Workers Compensation business unit specializes in small and middle market 
workers compensation business, and our E&S Commercial business unit handles primarily commercial insurance products and 
services in the excess and surplus lines market. Our Hallmark Select business unit offers (i) general aviation insurance products 
and services, (ii) low and middle market commercial umbrella and excess liability  insurance, (iii)  medical professional liability 
insurance  products  and  services  and  (iv)  satellite  launch  insurance  products.  Our  Hallmark  Select  business  unit  is  the 
combination of our operations previously known as our General Aviation business unit, our Excess & Umbrella business unit, 
the  medical  professional  liability  business  previously  handled  by  our  E&S  Commercial  business  unit  and  the  satellite  launch 
insurance products previously managed at the parent level. Our Personal Lines business unit focuses on non-standard personal 
automobile insurance and complementary personal insurance products and services. The subsidiaries comprising our Workers 
Compensation business unit were acquired July 1, 2011. 

Each business unit has its own management team with significant experience in distributing products to its target markets and 
proven  success  in  achieving  underwriting  profitability  and  providing  efficient  claims  management.  Each  business  unit  is 
responsible  for  marketing,  distribution,  underwriting  and  claims  management  while  we  provide  capital  management, 
reinsurance,  actuarial,  investment,  financial  reporting,  technology  and  legal  services  and  other  administrative  support  at  the 
parent  level.  We  believe  this  approach  optimizes  our  operating  results  by  allowing  us  to  effectively  penetrate  our  selected 
specialty  and  niche  markets  while  maintaining  operational  controls,  managing  risks,  controlling  overhead  and  efficiently 
allocating  our  capital  across  business  units.  We  expect  future  growth  to  be  derived  from  organic  growth  in  the  premium 
production of our existing business units and selected opportunistic acquisitions that meet our criteria.  

What We Do 

We  market  commercial  and  personal  lines  of  property/casualty  insurance  products  which  are  tailored  to  the  risks  and 
coverages  required  by  the  insured.  We  believe  that  most  of  our  target  markets  are  underserved  by  larger  property/casualty 
insurers  because  of  the  specialized  nature  of  the  underwriting  required.  We  are  able  to  offer  these  products  profitably  as  a 
result  of  the  expertise  of  our  experienced  underwriters.  We  also  believe  our  long-standing  relationships  with  independent 
general agencies and retail agents and the service we provide differentiate us from larger property/casualty insurers. 

Our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  business  unit  primarily  underwrites  low-severity,  short-tailed  commercial  property/casualty 
insurance products in the standard market. These  products have historically produced stable loss results and include general 
liability,  commercial  automobile,  commercial  property  and  umbrella  coverages.  Our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  business  unit 
currently  markets  its  products  through  a  network  of  356  independent  agents  primarily  serving  businesses  in  the  non-urban 
areas of Texas, New Mexico, Oregon, Idaho, Montana, Washington, Utah, Wyoming, Arkansas, Hawaii and Missouri.  In addition 
our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  business  unit  offers  occupational  accident  coverage  in  Texas  through  an  underwriting  agency 
that specializes in the occupational accident insurance market. 

Our  Workers  Compensation  business  unit,  which  was  acquired  July  1,  2011,  offers  small  and  middle  market  workers 
compensation insurance products. Our Workers Compensation business unit currently markets its products through a network 
of 154 independent agents in Texas and Montana, with a predominate portion of its distribution in Texas. 

Our E&S Commercial business unit primarily offers commercial property/casualty insurance products in the excess and surplus 
lines market. Excess and  surplus lines insurance provides coverage for difficult to place  risks that do not fit the  underwriting 
criteria of insurers operating in the standard market. Our E&S Commercial business unit focuses on middle market commercial 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
risks that do not meet the underwriting requirements of standard insurers due to factors such as loss history, number of years 
in  business,  minimum  premium  size  and  types  of  business  operation.  Our  E&S  Commercial  business  unit  primarily  writes 
commercial automobile, general liability, commercial property and excess casualty. Our E&S Commercial business unit markets 
its products in 26 states through 11 wholesale brokers, a program underwriter and 77 general agency offices, as well as 188 
independent retail agents in Texas and Oregon.  

Our  Hallmark  Select  business  unit  offers  small  and  middle  market  commercial  excess  liability,  umbrella  and  general  liability 
insurance on both an admitted and non-admitted basis ; general aviation property/casualty insurance primarily for private and 
small commercial aircraft and airports; satellite launch property/casualty insurance products; and medical professional liability 
insurance on an excess and surplus lines basis.  

The small and middle market commercial excess liability, umbrella and general liability insurance underwritten by our Hallmark 
Select business unit focuses primarily on trucking, specialty automobile, and non-fleet automobile coverage. Typical risks range 
from one power unit to fleets of up to 200 power units. Our Hallmark Select business unit markets these products through 117 
wholesale brokers in 49 states. 

The aircraft liability and hull insurance products underwritten by our Hallmark Select business unit are targeted to transitional 
or  non-standard  pilots  who  may  have  difficulty  obtaining  insurance  from  a  standard  carrier.  Airport  liability  insurance  is 
marketed  to  smaller,  regional  airports.  Our  Hallmark  Select  business  unit  markets  these  general  aviation  insurance  products 
through  192  independent  specialty  brokers  in  48  states.  The  satellite  launch  property/casualty  policies  produced  by  our 
Hallmark Select business  unit are marketed through underwriting agencies with technical knowledge of space insurance. We 
can retain up to $2.0 million per risk for satellite launches and in-orbit coverage for up to 12 months. 

The medical professional liability insurance underwritten on an excess and surplus basis by our Hallmark Select business unit 
focuses on healthcare professionals that do not meet the underwriting requirements of standard insurers due to factors such as 
loss  history,  number  of  years  in  business,  minimum  premium  size  and  types  of  business  operation.    Our  Hallmark  Select 
business unit markets these medical professional liability insurance products through 18 wholesale brokers in 49 states. 

Our Personal Lines business unit offers non-standard personal automobile policies, which generally provide the minimum limits 
of  liability  coverage  mandated  by  state  law  to  drivers  who  find  it  difficult  to  obtain  insurance  from  standard  carriers  due  to 
various factors including age, driving record, claims history or limited financial resources. Our Personal Lines business unit also 
provides personal insurance products complementary to non-standard personal automobile insurance such as policies covering 
low  value  dwelling/homeowners,  renters  and  manufactured  homes.  Our  Personal  Lines  business  unit  markets  these  policies 
through 3,335 independent retail agents in 15 states. 

Our  insurance  company  subsidiaries  are  American  Hallmark  Insurance  Company  of  Texas  (“AHIC”),  Hallmark  Insurance 
Company  (“HIC”),  Hallmark  Specialty  Insurance  Company  (“HSIC”),  Hallmark  County  Mutual  Insurance  Company  (“HCM”), 
Hallmark National Insurance Company (“HNIC”) and Texas Builders Insurance Company (“TBIC”). We acquired TBIC on July 1, 
2011.  AHIC,  HIC,  HSIC  and  HNIC  have  entered  into  a  pooling  arrangement,  pursuant  to  which  AHIC  retains  30%  of  the  net 
premiums written by any of them, HIC retains 27% of the net premiums written by any of them, HSIC retains 30% of the net 
premiums  written  by  any  of  them  and  HNIC  retains  13%  of  the  net  premiums  written  by  any  of  them.  A.M.  Best  Company 
(“A.M.  Best”),  a  nationally  recognized  insurance  industry  rating  service  and  publisher,  has  pooled  its  ratings  of  these  four 
insurance company subsidiaries and assigned a financial strength rating of “A–” (Excellent) and an issuer credit rating of “a-” to 
each of these individual insurance company subsidiaries and to the pool formed by these four insurance company subsidiaries. 
Also, A.M. Best has assigned a financial strength rating of “A–” (Excellent) and an issuer credit rating of “a-” to HCM. A.M. Best 
does not assign a financial strength rating or an issuer credit rating to TBIC. 

Our five business units are segregated into three reportable industry segments for financial accounting purposes. The Standard 
Commercial Segment consists of the Standard Commercial P&C business unit and the Workers Compensation business unit. The 
Specialty Commercial Segment includes our E&S Commercial business unit and Hallmark Select business unit, as well as certain 
specialty risk programs (“Specialty Programs”) which are managed at the parent level. The Personal Segment presently consists 
solely of our Personal Lines business unit. The following table displays the gross premiums written and net premiums by these 
reportable segments for affiliated and unaffiliated insurers for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Premiums Written: 

Standard Commercial Segment (1) 
Specialty Commercial Segment 
Personal Segment  

Total 

Net Premiums Written: 

Standard Commercial Segment (1) 
Specialty Commercial Segment 
Personal Segment  

Total 

2013 

Year Ended December 31, 
2012 
(dollars in thousands) 

2011 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

87,147 
296,108 
76,772 
460,027 

79,466 
235,655 
45,644 
360,765 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

77,091 
235,695 
77,056 
389,842 

70,091 
186,053 
76,345 
332,489 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

69,420 
185,020 
100,441 
354,881 

63,944 
144,277 
95,655 
303,876 

(1)  The Workers Compensation business unit included in the Standard Commercial Segment was  

acquired effective July 1, 2011. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operational Structure 

Our  insurance  company  subsidiaries  retain  a  portion  of  the  premiums  produced  by  our  business  units.  The  following  chart 
reflects the operational structure of our organization, including the subsidiaries comprising our business units and the business 
units included in each reportable segment as of December 31, 2013. 

Hallmark Financial Services, Inc.
(“Hallmark”)

Standard Commercial Segment

Personal Segment

Specialty Commercial Segment

Standard Commercial
P&C

§

American Hallmark 
Insurance Services, Inc.                      
(“American Hallmark 
Insurance Services”)                                    

§

TBIC Holding 
Corporation         
(“TBIC Holding”)

TBIC Risk Management, 
Inc. (“TBICRM”)

Effective Claims 
Management, Inc. 
(“ECM”)

§

Texas Builders 
Insurance Company

§

§

Workers Compensation

 Personal Lines

E&S Commercial

Hallmark Select

§

§

American Hallmark 
General Agency Inc.
 (d/b/a Hallmark 
Insurance Company)

Hallmark Claims 
Services, Inc. (d/b/a 
Hallmark Insurance 
Company)

§

§

§

Hallmark Specialty 
Underwriters, Inc. 
(”HSU”)

TGA Special Risk, Inc. 
(“TGASRI”)

Pan American 
Acceptance Corporation 
(“PAAC”)

§

§

§

§

§

Aerospace Insurance 
Managers, Inc. 
(“Aerospace Insurance 
Managers”)

Aerospace Special Risk, 
Inc. (“ASRI”)

Aerospace Claims 
Management Group, 
Inc. (“ACMG”)

Heath XS, LLC 
(“HXS”)

Hardscrabble Data 
Solutions, LLC 
(“HDS”)

American Hallmark Insurance 
Company of Texas

Hallmark Insurance Company

Hallmark County Mutual 
Insurance Company

Texas Builders
Insurance Company

Hallmark Specialty 
Insurance Company

Hallmark National
Insurance Company

Standard Commercial Segment  

The  Standard  Commercial  Segment  of  our  business  includes  our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  business  unit  and  our  Workers 
Compensation business unit. During 2013, our Standard Commercial P&C business unit accounted for approximately 90% and 
our  Workers  Compensation  business  unit  accounted  for  the  remaining  10%  of  the  aggregate  premiums  produced  by  the 
Standard Commercial Segment. 

Standard  Commercial  P&C  business  unit.  Our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  business  unit  markets,  underwrites  and  services 
standard  commercial  lines  insurance  primarily  in  the  non-urban  areas  of  Texas,  New  Mexico,  Idaho,  Oregon,  Montana, 
Washington,  Utah,  Wyoming,  Arkansas,  Hawaii  and  Missouri.  The  subsidiaries  comprising  our  Standard  Commercial  P&C 
business  unit  include  American  Hallmark  Insurance  Services,  a  regional  managing  general  agency,  and  ECM,  a  claims 
administration company. American Hallmark Insurance Services targets customers that are in low-severity classifications in the 
standard  commercial  market,  which  as  a  group  have  relatively  stable  loss  results.  The  typical  customer  is  a  small  to  midsize 
business with a policy that covers property, general liability and automobile exposures. Our Standard Commercial P&C business 
unit  underwriting  criteria  exclude  lines  of  business  and  classes  of  risks  that  are  considered  to  be  high-severity  or  volatile,  or 
which  involve  significant  latent  injury  potential  or  other  long-tailed  liability  exposures.  ECM  administers  the  claims  on  the 
insurance policies produced by American Hallmark Insurance Services. In addition our Standard Commercial P&C business unit 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
offers occupational accident coverage in Texas through an underwriting agency that is a specialist in the occupational accident 
insurance market.  Products offered by our Standard Commercial P&C business unit include the following: 

• 

Commercial automobile. Commercial automobile insurance provides third-party bodily injury and property damage 
coverage  and  first-party  property  damage  coverage  against  losses  resulting  from  the  ownership,  maintenance  or 
use of automobiles and trucks in connection with an insured’s business. 

•  General  liability.  General  liability  insurance  provides  coverage  for  third-party  bodily  injury  and  property  damage 

claims arising from accidents occurring on the insured’s premises or from their general business operations. 

•  Umbrella.  Umbrella  insurance  provides  coverage  for  third-party  liability  claims  where  the  loss  amount  exceeds 

coverage limits provided by the insured’s underlying general liability and commercial automobile policies. 

• 

• 

• 

Commercial property. Commercial property insurance provides first-party coverage for the insured’s real property, 
business  personal  property,  and  business  interruption  losses  caused  by  fire,  wind,  hail,  water  damage,  theft, 
vandalism and other insured perils. 

Commercial multi-peril. Commercial multi-peril insurance provides a combination of property and liability coverage 
that can include commercial automobile coverage on a single policy. 

Business  owner’s.  Business  owner’s  insurance  provides  a  package  of  coverage  designed  for  small  to  midsize 
businesses  with  homogeneous  risk  profiles.  Coverage  includes  general  liability,  commercial  property  and 
commercial automobile. 

•  Occupational  accident. 

insurance  provides  an  alternative  to  statutory  workers 
compensation  insurance  in  Texas.    Coverage  includes  medical,  short  term  disability  and  accidental  death  and 
dismemberment.  

  Occupational  accident 

Our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  business  unit  markets  its  property/casualty  insurance  products  through  356  independent 
agencies operating in  its target  markets. Our Standard Commercial P&C business unit applies a  strict agent selection process 
and seeks to provide its independent agents some degree of non-contractual geographic exclusivity. Our Standard Commercial 
P&C  business  unit  also  strives  to  provide  its  independent  agents  with  convenient  access  to  product  information  and 
personalized service. As a result, the Standard Commercial P&C business unit has historically maintained excellent relationships 
with its producing agents, as evidenced by the 22 year average tenure of the 14 agency groups that each produced more than 
$1.0  million  in  premium  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013.  During  2013,  the  top  ten  agency  groups  produced 
approximately  37%,  and  no  individual  agency  group  produced  more  than  9%,  of  the  total  premium  volume  of  our  Standard 
Commercial P&C business unit. 

Our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  business  unit  writes  most  risks  on  a  package  basis  using  a  commercial  multi-peril  policy  or  a 
business owner’s policy. Umbrella policies are written only when our Standard Commercial P&C business unit also writes the 
insured’s  underlying  general  liability  and  commercial  automobile  coverage.  Through  December  31,  2005,  our  Standard 
Commercial P&C business unit  marketed  policies on behalf of Clarendon  National Insurance Company (“Clarendon”), a third-
party insurer. Our Standard Commercial P&C business unit earns a commission based on a percentage of the earned premium it 
produced for Clarendon. The commission percentage is determined by the underwriting results of the policies produced. Our 
Standard Commercial P&C business unit presently markets all new and renewal policies exclusively for AHIC. 

All of the commercial policies written by our Standard Commercial P&C business unit are for a term of 12 months. If the insured 
is  unable  or  unwilling  to  pay  for  the  entire  premium  in  advance,  we  provide  an  installment  payment  plan  that  requires  the 
insured to pay 20% or 25% down and the remaining payments over eight months. We charge installment fees of up to $7.50 per 
payment for the installment payment plan. 

Workers  Compensation  business  unit.  Our  Workers  Compensation  business  unit  markets,  underwrites  and  services  workers 
compensation insurance in Texas and Montana. The subsidiaries comprising our Workers Compensation business unit include 
TBIC Holding which has two wholly-owned subsidiaries, TBIC, a Texas domiciled workers compensation insurance carrier and 
TBICRM,  which  provides  risk  management  services  to  customers  of  TBIC.  The  subsidiaries  comprising  the  Workers 
Compensation business unit were acquired July 1, 2011. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  Workers  Compensation  business  unit  markets  its  products  through  154  independent  agencies  operating  in  Texas  and 
Montana,  with  a  predominate  portion  of  its  distribution  in  Texas.  During  2013,  the  top  ten  agency  groups  produced 
approximately  45%,  and  no  individual  agency  group  produced  more  than  9%,  of  the  total  premium  volume  of  our  Workers 
Compensation business unit. 

Specialty Commercial Segment  

The Specialty Commercial Segment of our business includes our E&S Commercial business unit and our Hallmark Select business 
unit, as well as certain Specialty Programs which are managed at the parent level. During 2013, our E&S Commercial business 
unit  accounted  for  approximately  72% of  the  aggregate  premiums  produced  by  the  Specialty  Commercial  Segment,  with  our 
commercial umbrella and excess liability, general aviation, medical professional liability and satellite launch insurance products 
handled  by  our  Hallmark  Select  business  unit  accounting  for  17%,  6%,  2%  and  1%,  respectively.  Our  Specialty  Programs 
accounted for the remaining 2% of the premium produced by the Specialty Commercial Segment during 2013. 

E&S  Commercial  business  unit.  Our  E&S  Commercial  business  unit  markets,  underwrites,  finances  and  services  commercial 
lines  insurance  in  26  states  with  a  particular  emphasis  on  commercial  automobile,  general  liability  and  commercial  property 
risks produced on an excess and surplus lines basis. Excess and surplus lines insurance provides coverage for difficult to place 
risks that do not fit the underwriting criteria of insurers operating in the standard market. The subsidiaries comprising our E&S 
Commercial business  unit include HSU, which is a regional managing general underwriter, TGASRI which is a Texas managing 
general agency, and PAAC, which provides premium financing for policies marketed by HSU and certain unaffiliated general and 
retail agents. HSU accounts for approximately 99% of the premium volume financed by PAAC. 

Our E&S Commercial business unit focuses on middle market commercial risks that do not meet the underwriting requirements 
of  traditional  standard  insurers  due  to  issues  such  as  loss  history,  number  of  years  in  business,  minimum  premium  size  and 
types  of  business  operation.  During  2013,  commercial  automobile,  general  liability  and  commercial  property  accounted  for 
approximately 83%, 12% and 4%, respectively, of the premiums produced by our E&S Commercial business unit. Target risks for 
commercial automobile insurance are business auto and trucking for hire fleets, excluding  hazardous or flammable materials 
haulers.  Target  risks  for  general  liability  insurance  are  small  business  risk  exposures  including  artisan  contractors,  sales  and 
service organizations, and building and premises liability exposures. Target risks for commercial property insurance are low- to 
mid-value structures including office buildings, mercantile shops, restaurants and rental dwellings, in each case with aggregate 
property limits of less than $500,000. The commercial insurance products offered by our E&S Commercial business unit include 
the following: 

• 

Commercial automobile. Commercial automobile insurance provides third-party bodily injury and property damage 
coverage  and  first-party  property  damage  coverage  against  losses  resulting  from  the  ownership,  maintenance  or 
use of automobiles and trucks in connection with an insured’s business. 

•  General  liability.  General  liability  insurance  provides  coverage  for  third-party  bodily  injury  and  property  damage 

claims arising from accidents occurring on the insured’s premises or from their general business operations. 

• 

• 

• 

Commercial property. Commercial property insurance provides first-party coverage for the insured’s real property, 
business  personal  property,  theft  and  business  interruption  losses  caused  by  fire,  wind,  hail,  water  damage, 
vandalism and other insured perils. Windstorm, hurricane and hail are generally excluded in coastal areas. 

Commercial  excess  liability.  Commercial  excess  liability  insurance  is  designed  to  provide  an  extra  layer  of 
protection for bodily injury, personal and advertising injury, or property damage losses above the primary layer of 
commercial  automobile,  general  liability  and  employer’s  liability  insurance.  The  excess  insurance  does  not  begin 
until the limits of liability in the primary layer have been exhausted. The excess layer provides not only higher limits, 
but catastrophic protection from large losses. 

Commercial  umbrella.  Commercial  umbrella  insurance  protects  businesses  for  bodily  injury,  personal  and 
advertising  injury,  or  property  damage  claims  in  excess  of  the  limits  of  their  primary  commercial  automobile, 
general liability and employers liability policies, and for some claims excluded by their primary policies (subject to a 
deductible). Umbrella insurance provides not only higher limits, but catastrophic protection for large losses. 

Our E&S Commercial business unit markets its products in 26 states through 11 wholesale brokers, a program underwriter and 
77  general  agency  offices,  as  well  as  188  independent  retail  agents  in  Texas  and  Oregon.  Our  E&S  Commercial  business  unit 
strives to simplify the placement of its excess and surplus lines policies by providing our general agents with a web rating portal 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
which  allows  for  instantaneous  quoting  and  signature-ready  applications  which  can  be  emailed  or  faxed  to  its  independent 
retail agents. During 2013, general agents produced 80%, the program underwriter produced 12%, retail agents produced 5% 
and wholesale brokers produced 3% of total premiums produced by our E&S Commercial business unit. During 2013, the top 
ten  general  agents  produced  approximately  36%,  the  top  ten  wholesale  brokers  produced  approximately  3%  and  no  general 
agent produced more than 7%, of the total premium volume of our E&S Commercial business unit. During the same period, the 
top ten retail agents produced approximately 3%, and no retail agent produced more than 1%, of the total premium volume of 
our E&S Commercial business unit. 

Through  2008,  all  business  of  our  E&S  Commercial  business  unit  was  produced  under  a  fronting  agreement  with  member 
companies  of  the  Republic  Group  (“Republic”),  which  granted  our  E&S  Commercial  business  unit  the  authority  to  develop 
underwriting programs, set rates, appoint retail and general agents, underwrite risks, issue policies and adjust and pay claims. 
We assumed 70% of the risk under this arrangement in 2008. In 2009, our E&S Commercial business unit wrote a portion of its 
policies under a fronting arrangement with Republic pursuant to which we assumed 100% of the risk. Commission revenue was 
generated under the fronting agreement on the portion of premiums not assumed by AHIC. An additional commission may be 
earned  if  certain  loss  ratio  targets  are  met.  Additional  revenue  was  generated  from  fully  earned  policy  fees  and  installment 
billing  fees  charged  on  legacy  personal  lines  products.  Since  2010,  in  states  where  we  were  not  yet  licensed  to  offer  a  non-
admitted product, we utilized a fronting arrangement with a third party pursuant to which we assumed all of the risk and then 
retroceded a portion of the risk to third party reinsurers.  

The majority of the commercial policies written by our E&S Commercial business unit are for a term of 12 months. Exceptions 
include certain commercial automobile policies that are written for a term that coincides with the annual harvest of crops and 
special event general liability policies that are written for the term of the event, which is generally one to two days. Commercial 
lines policies are paid in full up front or financed with various premium finance companies, including PAAC. 

Hallmark  Select business unit.  Our Hallmark  Select business  unit offers  small and middle market commercial excess liability, 
umbrella and general liability insurance on both an admitted and non-admitted basis focusing primarily on trucking, specialty 
automobile,  and  non-fleet  automobile  coverage,  general  aviation  property/casualty  insurance  primarily  for  private  and  small 
commercial aircraft and airports, satellite launch insurance products and medical professional liability insurance on an excess 
and surplus lines basis.  

The small and middle market commercial excess liability, umbrella and general liability insurance underwritten by our Hallmark 
Select  business  unit  is  offered  on  an  admitted  and  non-admitted  basis  in  49  states.  Limits  of  liability  offered  are  from 
$1,000,000  to  $5,000,000  in  coverage  in  excess  of  the  primary  carrier’s  limits  of  liability.  The  principal  focus  of  the  excess  & 
umbrella  insurance  products  offered  is  transportation,  specifically  trucking  for  hire,  specialty  automobile  and  non-fleet 
automobile coverage. The Hallmark Select business unit also provides umbrella and excess liability coverage for small to midsize 
businesses  in  class  categories  such  as  contracting,  manufacturing,  hospitality  and  service.    The  majority  of  the  excess  & 
umbrella and general liability insurance policies written by our Hallmark Select business unit are on an annual basis. However, 
exceptions  are  common  in  an  attempt  to  have  policy  effective  dates  coincide  with  those  of  the  primary  insurance  policies. 
Policy  premiums  are  due  in  full  30  days  from  the  inception  date  of  the  policy. Our  excess  &  umbrella  insurance  and  general 
liability insurance products are offered through 117 wholesale brokers. During 2013, the top ten wholesale brokers accounted 
for 52% of our excess & umbrella and general liability premium volume, with no single wholesale broker accounting for more 
than 16%. During 2013, commercial excess liability risks accounted for 94% of the premiums, with the remaining 6% coming 
from commercial umbrella and general liability risks. The commercial excess & umbrella and general liability insurance products 
offered by our Hallmark Select business unit include the following: 

• 

• 

Commercial  excess  liability.  Commercial  excess  liability  insurance  is  designed  to  provide  an  extra  layer  of 
protection for bodily injury, personal and advertising injury, or property damage losses above the primary layer of 
commercial  automobile,  general  liability  and  employer’s  liability  insurance.  The  excess  insurance  does  not  begin 
until the limits of liability in the primary layer have been exhausted. The excess layer provides not only higher limits, 
but catastrophic protection from large losses.  

Commercial  umbrella.  Commercial  umbrella  insurance  protects  businesses  for  bodily  injury,  personal  and 
advertising  injury,  or  property  damage  claims  in  excess  of  the  limits  of  their  primary  commercial  automobile, 
general liability and employers liability policies, and for some claims excluded by their primary policies (subject to a 
deductible). Umbrella insurance provides not only higher limits, but catastrophic protection for large losses. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

Commercial  general  liability.  General  liability  insurance  provides  coverage  for  third-party  bodily  injury  and 
property damage claims arising from accidents occurring on the insured’s premises or from their general business 
operations. 

In states where we are not admitted, our excess & umbrella and general liability insurance policies are written under a fronting 
arrangement pursuant to which we assume all of the risk and then retrocede a portion of the risk to third party reinsurers. We 
presently reinsure or retrocede 80% of the excess & umbrella and general liability risk on policies written by our Hallmark Select 
business unit. 

Our Hallmark Select business unit markets, underwrites and services general aviation property/casualty insurance in 48 states. 
The  subsidiaries  marketing  our  general  aviation  insurance  products  include  Aerospace  Insurance  Managers,  which  markets 
standard aviation coverages, ASRI, which markets excess and surplus lines aviation coverages, and ACMG, which handles claims 
management. Aerospace Insurance Managers is one of only a few similar entities in the U.S. and has focused on developing a 
well-defined niche centering on transitional pilots, older aircraft and small airports and aviation-related businesses. In addition, 
our  Hallmark  Select  business  unit  offers  satellite  launch  property/casualty  policies  marketed  through  underwriting  agencies 
with technical knowledge of space insurance. The general aviation and satellite launch products offered by our Hallmark Select 
business unit include the following: 

• 

• 

• 

Aircraft.  Aircraft  insurance  provides  third-party  bodily  injury  and  property  damage  coverage  and  first-party  hull 
damage coverage against losses resulting from the ownership, maintenance or use of aircraft. 

Airport  liability.  Airport  liability  insurance  provides  coverage  for  third-party  bodily  injury  and  property  damage 
claims arising from accidents occurring on airport premises or from their operations. 

Satellite. We can retain up to $2.0 million per risk for satellite launches and in-orbit coverage for up to 12 months. 

Our  Hallmark  Select  business  unit  distributes  its  general  aviation  insurance  products  through  192  aviation  specialty  brokers. 
These specialty brokers submit to Aerospace Insurance Managers requests for aviation insurance quotations received from the 
states  in  which  we  operate  and  our  Hallmark  Select  business  unit  selectively  determines  the  risks  fitting  its  target  niche  for 
which  it  will  prepare  a  quote.  During  2013,  the  top  ten  independent  specialty  brokers  produced  approximately  31%,  and  no 
broker  produced  more  than  6%,  of  the  total  general  aviation  premium  volume  of  our  Hallmark  Select  business  unit.  Our 
Hallmark  Select  business  unit  independently  develops,  underwrites  and  prices  each  general  aviation  coverage  written.  We 
target pilots who may lack experience in the type of aircraft they have acquired or are transitioning between types of aircraft. 
We also target pilots who may be over the age limits of other insurers. We do not accept aircraft that are used for hazardous 
purposes  such  as  crop  dusting  or  heli-skiing.  Liability  limits  are  controlled,  with  approximately  91%  of  the  aircraft  written  in 
2013 bearing per-occurrence limits of $1,000,000 and per-passenger limits of $100,000 or less. The average insured aircraft hull 
value  for  aircraft  written  in  2013  was  approximately  $157,000.  All  general  aviation  policies  produced  by  our  Hallmark  Select 
business unit are written through our insurance company subsidiaries. 

Our Hallmark Select business unit markets medical professional liability insurance on an excess and surplus lines basis.  Medical 
professional  liability  insurance  provides  coverage  for  third-party  bodily  injury  claims  resulting  from  professional  services 
provided  by  physicians,  surgeons,  podiatrists  and  medical  entities.    Our  Hallmark  Select  business  unit  distributes  its  medical 
professional liability insurance products through 18 wholesale brokers in 49 states. 

Specialty  Programs.  Our  Specialty  Programs  consist  of  fronting  and  agency  arrangements  which  are  managed  at  the  parent 
level.  The  Specialty  Programs  business  presently  consists  primarily  of  a  fronting  arrangement  in  Texas  for  a  third  party 
insurance company.  

Personal Segment / Personal Lines Business Unit 

The Personal Segment of our business presently consists solely of our Personal Lines business unit. Our Personal Lines business 
unit  markets  and  services  non-standard  personal  automobile  policies  and  low  value  dwelling/homeowners,  renters  and 
manufactured homes in 15 states. We conduct this business under the name Hallmark Insurance Company. Hallmark Insurance 
Company  provides  management,  policy  and  claims  administration  services  to  HIC  and  includes  the  operations  of  American 
Hallmark  General  Agency,  Inc.  and  Hallmark  Claims  Services,  Inc.  Our  non-standard  personal  automobile  insurance  generally 
provides  for  the  minimum  limits  of  liability  coverage  mandated  by  state  laws  to  drivers  who  find  it  difficult  to  purchase 
automobile insurance from standard carriers as a result of various factors, including driving record, vehicle, age, claims history, 
or limited financial resources. Products offered by our Personal Lines business unit include the following: 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

Personal automobile. Personal automobile insurance is the primary product offered by our Personal Lines business 
unit. Our policies typically provide coverage to individuals for bodily injury and property damage at the minimum 
limits required by law, and for physical damage to an insured’s own vehicle from collision and various other perils. 
In addition, many states require policies to provide for first party personal injury protection, frequently referred to 
as no-fault coverage.  

Low value dwelling/homeowners. Low value dwelling/homeowners insurance provides coverage against insured’s 
property being destroyed or damaged by various perils and coverage for liability exposure of the insured. 

Renters.  Renters  insurance  provides  coverage  for  the  contents  of  a  renter’s  home  or  apartment  and  for  liability. 
Renter’s policies are similar to homeowners insurance, except they do not cover the structure. 

•  Manufactured homes. Manufactured home insurance covers mobile home owners against various perils and may 

include the liability exposure of the insured. 

Our  Personal  Lines  business  unit  markets  its  products  through  3,335  independent  retail  agents  operating  in  its  target 
geographic  markets.  Non-standard  automobile  represented  88%  of  the  premiums  produced  during  2013.  Our  Personal  Lines 
business unit qualifies new agent appointments in order to establish an efficient network of independent agents to effectively 
penetrate  its  highly  competitive  markets.  Our  Personal  Lines  business  unit  periodically  evaluates  its  independent  agents  and 
discontinues the appointment of agents whose production history does not satisfy certain standards. During 2013, the top ten 
independent  agency  groups  produced  approximately  36%,  and  no  individual  agency  group  produced  more  than  16%,  of  the 
total premium volume of our Personal Lines business unit. 

During  2013,  personal  automobile  liability  coverage  accounted  for  approximately  85%  and  personal  automobile  physical 
damage coverage accounted for the remaining 15% of the total non-standard automobile premiums produced by our Personal 
Lines business unit. Our most common policy term is a six month policy. We do offer additional terms of one-, two-, three and 
twelve-month policies in certain markets. Our typical non-standard personal automobile customer is unable or unwilling to pay 
a full or half year premium in advance. Accordingly, we currently offer a direct bill program where the premiums are directly 
billed to the insured on a monthly basis. We charge installment fees for each payment under the direct bill program. 

Our Personal Lines business unit markets its products in 15 states directly for HIC, AHIC and HNIC. In Texas, our Personal Lines 
business  unit  also  markets  its  policies  through  reinsurance  arrangements  with  unaffiliated  companies.  We  provide  non-
standard  personal  automobile  coverage  in  Texas  through  a  reinsurance  arrangement  with  Old  American  County  Mutual  Fire 
Insurance  Company  (“OACM”)  pursuant  to  which  American  Hallmark  General  Agency,  Inc.  holds  a  managing  general  agency 
appointment  from  OACM  to  manage  the  sale  and  servicing  of  OACM  policies.  HIC  reinsures  100%  of  the  OACM  policies 
produced by American Hallmark General Agency, Inc. under these reinsurance arrangements. During the third quarter of 2009, 
HCM began fronting a portion of the business previously written through OACM. 

Our Competitive Strengths 

We believe that we enjoy the following competitive strengths: 

• 

• 

Specialized  market  knowledge  and  underwriting  expertise.  All  of  our  business  units  possess  extensive 
knowledge of the specialty and niche markets in which they operate, which we believe allows them to effectively 
structure  and  market  their  property/casualty  insurance  products.  Our  Personal  Lines  business  unit  has  a 
thorough  understanding  of  the  unique  characteristics  of  the  non-standard  personal  automobile  market.  Our 
Standard Commercial P&C business unit and Workers Compensation business unit have significant underwriting 
experience  in  their  target  markets  for  standard  commercial  property/casualty  insurance  products.  In  addition, 
our  E&S  Commercial  business  unit  and  Hallmark  Select  business  unit  have  developed  specialized  underwriting 
expertise  which  enhances  their  ability  to  profitably  underwrite  non-standard  property/casualty  insurance 
coverages.  

Tailored  market  strategies.  Each  of  our  business  units  has  developed  its  own  customized  strategy  for 
penetrating  the  specialty  or  niche  markets  in  which  it  operates.  These  strategies  include  distinctive  product 
structuring, marketing, distribution, underwriting and servicing approaches by each business unit. As a result, we 
are able to structure our property/casualty insurance products to serve the unique risk and coverage needs of 
our  insureds.  We  believe  these  market-specific  strategies  enable  us  to  provide  policies  tailored  to  the  target 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
customer that are appropriately priced and fit our risk profile. 

• 

Superior  agent  and  customer  service.  We  believe  performing  the  underwriting,  billing,  customer  service  and 
claims  management  functions  at  the  business  unit  level  allows  us  to  provide  superior  service  to  both  our 
independent agents and insured customers. The easy-to-use interfaces and responsiveness of our business units 
enhance their relationships with the independent agents who sell our policies. We also believe our consistency in 
offering  our  insurance  products  through  hard  and  soft  markets  helps  to  build  and  maintain  the  loyalty  of  our 
independent  agents.  Our  customized  products,  flexible  payment  plans  and  prompt  claims  processing  are 
similarly beneficial to our insureds.  

•  Market diversification. We believe operating in various specialty and niche segments of the property/casualty 
insurance  market  diversifies  both  our  revenues  and  our  risks.  We  also  believe  our  business  units  generally 
operate on different market cycles, producing more earnings stability than if we focused entirely on one product. 
As  a  result  of  the  pooling  arrangement  among  four  of  our  insurance  company  subsidiaries,  we  are  able  to 
efficiently allocate our capital among these various specialty and niche markets in response to market conditions 
and  expansion  opportunities.  We  believe  this  market  diversification  reduces  our  risk  profile  and  enhances  our 
profitability.  

• 

Experienced  management  team.  Our  senior  corporate  management  has  an  average  of  over  20  years  of 
insurance experience. In addition, our business units have strong management teams, with an average of more 
than 20 years of insurance industry experience for the heads of our business units and an average of more than 
15  years  of  underwriting  experience  for  our  underwriters.  Our  management  has  significant  experience  in  all 
aspects  of  property/casualty 
including  underwriting,  claims  management,  actuarial  analysis, 
reinsurance and regulatory compliance. In addition, Hallmark’s senior management has a strong track record of 
acquiring businesses that expand our product offerings and improve our profitability profile.  

insurance, 

Our Strategy 

We  are  striving  to  become  a  “Best  in  Class”  specialty  insurance  company  offering  products  in  specialty  and  niche  markets 
through the following strategies: 

• 

• 

• 

Focusing  on  underwriting  discipline  and  operational  efficiency.  We  seek  to  consistently  generate  an 
underwriting  profit on the business we write in hard and soft markets. Our business  units have  a strong track 
record of underwriting discipline and operational efficiency, which we seek to continue. We believe that in soft 
markets  our  competitors  often  offer  policies  at  a  low  or  negative  underwriting  profit  in  order  to  maintain  or 
increase their premium volume and market share. In contrast, we seek to write business based on its profitability 
rather than focusing solely on premium production. To that end, we provide financial incentives to many of our 
underwriters and independent agents based on underwriting profitability.  

Achieving  organic  growth  in  our  existing  business  lines.  We  believe  we  can  achieve  organic  growth  in  our 
existing  business  lines  by  consistently  providing  our  insurance  products  through  market  cycles,  expanding 
geographically, expanding our product offerings, expanding our agency relationships and further penetrating our 
existing customer base. We believe our extensive market knowledge and strong agency relationships position us 
to  compete  effectively  in  our  various  specialty  and  niche  markets.  We  also  believe  there  is  a  significant 
opportunity to expand some of our existing business lines into new geographical areas and through new agency 
relationships  while  maintaining  our  underwriting  discipline  and  operational  efficiency.  In  addition,  we  believe 
there is an opportunity for some of our business  units to further penetrate their  existing customer bases with 
additional products offered by other business units.  

Pursuing selected, opportunistic acquisitions. We seek to opportunistically acquire insurance organizations that 
operate  in  specialty  or  niche  property/casualty  insurance  markets  that  are  complementary  to  our  existing 
operations. We seek to acquire companies with experienced management teams, stable loss results and strong 
track records of underwriting profitability and operational efficiency. Where appropriate, we intend to ultimately 
retain profitable business produced by the acquired companies that would otherwise be retained by unaffiliated 
insurers.  Our  management  has  significant  experience  in  evaluating  potential  acquisition  targets,  structuring 
transactions to ensure continued success and integrating acquired companies into our operational structure. 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Maintaining  a  strong  balance  sheet.  We  seek  to  maintain  a  strong  balance  sheet  by  employing  conservative 
investment, reinsurance and reserving practices and to measure our performance based on long-term growth in 
book value per share.  

Distribution 

We  market  our  property/casualty  insurance  products  predominately  through  independent  general  agents,  retail  agents  and 
specialty brokers. Therefore, our relationships with independent agents and brokers are critical to our ability to identify, attract 
and  retain  profitable  business.  Each  of  our  business  units  has  developed  its  own  tailored  approach  to  establishing  and 
maintaining its relationships with these independent distributors of our products. These strategies focus on providing excellent 
service to our agents and  brokers, maintaining a consistent presence in our target niche and specialty markets through hard 
and  soft  market  cycles  and  fairly  compensating  the  agents  and  brokers  who  market  our  products.  Our  business  units  also 
regularly evaluate independent general and retail agents based on the underwriting profitability of the business they produce 
and their performance in relation to our objectives. 

Except for the products of our Hallmark Select business unit, the distribution of property/casualty insurance products by our 
business  units  is  geographically  concentrated.  For  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2013,  five  states  accounted  for 
approximately 67% of the gross premiums retained by our insurance company subsidiaries.  

The following table reflects the geographic distribution of our insured risks, as represented by direct and assumed premiums 
written by our business segments for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013. 

State 

Texas 
Louisiana 

Arizona 

Oregon 

New Mexico 

All other states 
Total gross premiums written 
Percent of total 

Underwriting 

Standard 
Commercial 
Segment 

Specialty 
Commercial 
Segment 

Personal 
Segment 

Total 

Percent of 
Total 

(dollars in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

37,881  
- 
-  
14,320  
8,923  
26,023  
87,147 

$ 

$ 

171,308 
22,798 
1,126  
560  
816  
99,500  
296,108 

$ 

$ 

28,726 
- 
15,049  
(7 ) 
4,927  
28,077  
76,772 

$ 

237,915 
22,798 

16,175 

14,873 

14,666 

153,600 
460,027 

$ 

18.9 % 

64.4 % 

16.7 % 

100.0 % 

51.7 % 
5.0 % 

3.5 % 

3.2 % 

3.2 % 

33.4 % 

The  underwriting  process  employed  by  our  business  units  involves  securing  an  adequate  level  of  underwriting  information, 
identifying  and  evaluating  risk  exposures  and  then  pricing  the  risks  we  choose  to  accept.  Each of  our  business  units  offering 
commercial, healthcare professional or aviation insurance products employs its own underwriters with in-depth knowledge of 
the  specific  niche and specialty  markets targeted  by that business unit. We employ a disciplined underwriting approach that 
seeks to provide policies appropriately tailored to the specified risks and to adopt price structures that will be supported in the 
applicable  market.  Our  experienced  commercial,  healthcare  professional  and  aviation  underwriters  have  developed 
underwriting principles and processes appropriate to the coverages offered by their respective business units. 

We believe that managing the underwriting process through our business units capitalizes on the knowledge and expertise of 
their personnel in specific markets and results in better underwriting decisions. All of our underwriters have established limits 
of underwriting authority based on their level of experience. We also provide financial incentives to many of our underwriters 
based on underwriting profitability. 

To  better  diversify  our  revenue  sources  and  manage  our  risk,  we  seek  to  maintain  an  appropriate  business  mix  among  our 
business units. At the beginning of each year, we establish a target net loss ratio for each business unit. We then monitor the 
actual net  loss ratio on a monthly basis. If any line of business fails to meet its target net loss ratio, we seek input from our 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
   
   
   
    
 
 
 
 
 
underwriting,  actuarial  and  claims  management  personnel  to  develop  a  corrective  action  plan.  Depending  on  the  particular 
circumstances,  that  plan  may  involve  tightening  underwriting  guidelines,  increasing  rates,  modifying  product  structure,  re-
evaluating independent agency relationships or discontinuing unprofitable coverages or classes of risk. 

An insurance company’s underwriting performance is traditionally measured by its statutory loss and loss adjustment expense 
ratio, its statutory expense ratio and its statutory combined ratio. The statutory loss and loss adjustment expense ratio, which is 
calculated as the ratio of net losses and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) incurred to net premiums earned, helps to assess the 
adequacy of the insurer’s rates, the propriety of its underwriting guidelines and the performance of its claims department. The 
statutory  expense  ratio,  which  is  calculated  as  the  ratio  of  underwriting  and  operating  expenses  to  net  premiums  written, 
assists in measuring the insurer’s cost of processing and managing the business. The statutory combined ratio, which is the sum 
of  the  statutory  loss  and  LAE  ratio  and  the  statutory  expense  ratio,  is  indicative  of  the  overall  profitability  of  an  insurer’s 
underwriting activities, with a combined ratio of less than 100% indicating profitable underwriting results. 

The following table shows, for the periods indicated, (i) our gross premiums written (in thousands); and (ii) our underwriting 
results as measured by the net statutory loss and LAE ratio, the statutory expense ratio, and the statutory combined ratio.  

Gross premiums written 

$ 

460,027 

$ 

389,842 

$ 

354,881 

Year Ended December 31, 
2012 

2013 

2011 

Statutory loss & LAE ratio 
Statutory expense ratio 
Statutory combined ratio 

72.2 % 
34.7 % 
106.9 % 

72.0 % 
33.5 % 
105.5 % 

82.8 % 
32.8 % 
115.6 % 

These statutory ratios do not reflect the deferral of policy acquisition costs, investment income, premium finance revenues, or 
the elimination of inter-company transactions required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). 

The  premium-to-surplus  percentage  measures  the  relationship  between  net  premiums  written  in  a  given  period  (premiums 
written,  less  returned  premiums  and  reinsurance  ceded  to  other  carriers)  to  policyholders  surplus  (admitted  assets  less 
liabilities),  determined  on  the  basis  of  statutory  accounting  practices  prescribed  or  permitted  by  insurance  regulatory 
authorities. State insurance department regulators expect insurance companies to maintain a premium-to-surplus percentage 
of not more than 300%. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, our consolidated premium-to-surplus ratios 
were 184%, 188% and 176%, respectively. 

Claims Management and Administration 

We  believe  that  effective  claims  management  is  critical  to  our  success  and  that  our  claims  management  process  is  cost-
effective,  delivers  the  appropriate  level  of  claims  service  and  produces  superior  claims  results.  Our  claims  management 
philosophy  emphasizes  the  delivery  of  courteous,  prompt  and  effective  claims  handling  and  embraces  responsiveness  to 
policyholders  and  agents.  Our  claims  strategy  focuses  on  thorough  investigation,  timely  evaluation  and  fair  settlement  of 
covered  claims  while  consistently  maintaining  appropriate  case  reserves.  We  seek  to  compress  the  cycle  time  of  claim 
resolution  in  order  to  control  both  loss  and  claim  handling  cost.  We  also  strive  to  control  legal  expenses  by  negotiating 
competitive rates with defense counsel and vendors, establishing litigation budgets and monitoring invoices. 

Each of our business units maintains its own dedicated staff of specialized claims personnel to manage and administer claims 
arising under policies produced through their respective operations. The claims process is managed through a combination of 
experienced  claims  managers,  seasoned  claims  supervisors,  trained  staff  adjusters  and  independent  adjustment  or  appraisal 
services, when appropriate. All adjusters are licensed in those jurisdictions for which they handle claims that require licensing. 
Limits on settlement authority are established for each claims supervisor and staff adjuster based on their level of experience. 
Certain  independent  adjusters  have  limited  authority  to  settle  claims.  Claim  exposures  are  periodically  and  systematically 
reviewed by claim supervisors and managers as a method of quality and loss control. Large loss exposures are reviewed at least 
quarterly with senior management of the business unit and monitored by Hallmark senior management. 

Claims personnel receive in-house training and are required to attend various continuing education courses pertaining to topics 
such as best practices, fraud awareness, legal environment, legislative changes and litigation management. Depending on the 
criteria of each business unit, our claims adjusters are assigned a variety of claims to enhance their knowledge and ensure their 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
  
 
     
 
     
 
 
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
continued  development  in  efficiently  handling  claims.  As  of  December  31,  2013,  our  business  units  had  a  total  of  91  claims 
managers, supervisors and adjusters with an average experience of approximately 12 years. 

Analysis of Losses and LAE 

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  include  an  estimated  reserve  for  unpaid  losses  and  LAE.  We  estimate  our  reserve  for 
unpaid losses and LAE by using case-basis evaluations and statistical projections, which include inferences from both losses paid 
and  losses  incurred.  We  also  use  recent  historical  cost  data  and  periodic  reviews  of  underwriting  standards  and  claims 
management practices to modify the statistical projections. We give consideration to the impact of inflation in determining our 
loss reserves, but do not discount reserve balances. 

The amount of reserves represents our estimate of the ultimate cost of all unpaid losses and LAE incurred. These estimates are 
subject to the effect of trends in claim severity and frequency.  We regularly review the estimates and adjust them as claims 
experience  develops  and  new  information  becomes  known.  Such  adjustments  are  included  in  current  operations,  including 
increases and decreases, net of reinsurance, in the estimate of ultimate liabilities for insured events of prior years. 

Changes in loss development patterns and claim payments can significantly affect the ability of insurers to estimate reserves for 
unpaid  losses  and  related  expenses.  We  seek  to  continually  improve  our  loss  estimation  process  by  refining  our  ability  to 
analyze  loss  development  patterns,  claim  payments  and  other  information  within  a  legal  and  regulatory  environment  that 
affects  development  of  ultimate  liabilities.  Future  changes  in  estimates  of  claim  costs  may  adversely  affect  future  period 
operating results. However, such effects cannot be reasonably estimated currently. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of reserve for unpaid losses and LAE. The following table provides a reconciliation of our beginning and ending 
reserve  balances  on  a  net-of-reinsurance  basis  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013,  2012  and  2011,  to  the  gross-of-
reinsurance amounts reported in our balance sheets at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

As of and for Year Ended December 31, 
2012 
(dollars in thousands) 

2013 

2011 

Reserve for unpaid losses and LAE, net of reinsurance 

recoverables, January 1 

$ 

263,832 

$ 

254,901 

$ 

213,723 

Acquisition of subsidiaries effective July 1 

- 

- 

8,816 

Provision for losses and LAE for claims occurring in the 

current period 

251,391 

230,089 

222,869 

Increase (decrease) in reserve for unpaid losses and LAE 

for claims occurring in prior periods 

9,954 

(3,675 ) 

16,366 

Payments for losses and LAE, net of reinsurance: 

Current period 
Prior periods 

(101,897 ) 
(110,812 ) 

(107,945 ) 
(109,538 ) 

(101,025 ) 
(105,848 ) 

Reserve for unpaid losses and LAE at December 31, net 

of reinsurance recoverable 

312,468 

263,832 

254,901 

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and LAE at 

December 31 

70,172 

49,584 

42,044 

Reserve for unpaid losses and LAE at December 31, gross 

of reinsurance 

$ 

382,640 

$ 

313,416 

$ 

296,945 

The $10.0 million unfavorable development, $3.7 million favorable development and $16.4 million unfavorable development in 
prior accident years recognized in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, represent normal changes in our loss reserve estimates. In 
2013  and  2011,  the  aggregate  loss  reserve  estimates  for  prior  years  were  increased  to  reflect  unfavorable  loss  development 
when  the  available  information  indicated  a  reasonable  likelihood  that  the  ultimate  losses  would  be  more  than  the  previous 
estimates. In 2012, the aggregate loss reserve estimates for prior years were decreased to reflect favorable loss development 
when  the  available  information  indicated  a  reasonable  likelihood  that  the  ultimate  losses  would  be  less  than  the  previous 
estimates. Generally, changes in reserves are caused by variations between actual experience and previous expectations and by 
reduced emphasis on the Bornhuetter-Ferguson method due to the aging of the accident years. (See “Item 7. Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  -  Critical  Accounting  Estimates  and  Judgments  - 
Reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses.”) 

The $10.0 million increase in reserves for unpaid losses and LAE recognized in 2013 was attributable to $5.0 million unfavorable 
development  on  claims  incurred  in  the  2012  accident  year,  $1.7  million  unfavorable  development  on  claims  incurred  in  the 
2011 accident year and $3.3 million unfavorable development on claims incurred in the 2010 and prior accident years.  Our E&S 
Commercial  business  unit  and  Personal  Lines  business  unit  accounted  for  $16.0  million  and  $1.8  million  of  the  increase  in 
reserves  recognized  during  2013.    The  increase  in  reserves  for  our  E&S  Commercial  business  unit  was  primarily  related  to 
commercial auto liability line of business.  The increase in reserves for our Personal Lines business unit was primarily related to 
personal auto in the 2012 accident year.  These unfavorable developments were partially offset by favorable prior years’ loss 
development of $3.7 million in our Standard Commercial P&C business unit, $2.6 million in our Hallmark Select business unit 
and  $1.5  million  in  our  Workers  Compensation  business  unit.    The  decrease  in  reserves  for  our  Standard  Commercial  P&C 
business unit was primarily related to commercial auto and general liability line of business.  The decrease in reserves for our 
Hallmark Select business unit was driven by $2.3 million of favorable claims development in the 2011 and prior accident years 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
    
 
 
   
   
 
 
  
 
     
 
    
 
 
  
     
    
 
 
  
 
     
 
    
 
 
  
     
    
 
 
  
 
     
 
    
 
 
  
     
  
 
 
  
 
     
 
    
 
 
  
 
     
 
    
 
 
  
   
  
  
   
  
 
  
 
     
 
    
 
 
  
     
    
 
 
  
 
     
 
    
 
 
  
     
    
 
 
  
 
     
 
    
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
related  to  our  aircraft  liability  lines  of  business,  partially  offset  by  $0.1  million  unfavorable  claims  development  in  the  2012 
accident  year  related  to  our  aircraft  hull  coverage.    Further  contributing  to  the  decrease  in  reserves  for  our  Hallmark  Select 
business  unit  was  $0.4  million  of  favorable  claims  development  in  our  excess  &  umbrella  lines  of  business.  The  decrease  in 
reserves for our Workers Compensation business unit was related to the 2012 and 2011 accident years. 

The $3.7 million decrease in reserves for unpaid losses and LAE recognized in 2012 was attributable to $0.4 million favorable 
development on claims incurred in the 2011 accident year, $0.8 million favorable development on claims incurred in the 2010 
accident year and $2.5 million favorable development on claims incurred in the 2009 and prior accident years. Our  Standard 
Commercial  P&C  business  unit,  Hallmark  Select  business  unit  and  E&S  Commercial  business  unit  accounted  for  $3.7  million, 
$3.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, of the decrease in reserves recognized during 2012. The decrease in reserves for our 
Standard  Commercial  P&C  business  unit  was  primarily  related  to  commercial  auto,  commercial  property  and  general  liability 
lines of business. The  decrease in reserves for our Hallmark Select business  unit was primarily related to our aircraft liability 
lines of business. The decrease in reserves for our E&S Commercial business unit was primarily related to general liability. These 
favorable developments were partially offset by unfavorable prior years’ loss development of $3.6 million in our Personal Lines 
business unit related to auto liability claims spread throughout various states and our low value dwelling/homeowners line of 
business. 

The  $16.4  million  increase  in  reserves  for  unpaid  losses  and  LAE  recognized  in  2011  was  attributable  to  $15.0  million 
unfavorable  development  on  claims  incurred  in  the  2010  accident  year,  $3.6  million  unfavorable  development  on  claims 
incurred in the 2009 accident year and $2.2 million favorable development on claims incurred in the 2008 and prior accident 
years.  Our  Personal  Lines  business  unit  and  E&S  Commercial  business  unit  accounted  for  $19.6  million  and  $3.7  million, 
respectively,  of  the  increase  in  reserves  recognized  during  2011.  The  $19.6  million  increase  in  reserves  during  2011  for  our 
Personal Lines business unit includes $10.3 million which was attributable to Florida developing much worse than expected due 
primarily  to  rapid  growth  in  the  claim  volume  from  Florida,  the  complexity  related  to  Florida  personal  injury  protection 
coverage  claims  and  the  high  incidence  of  fraudulent  claims  in  that  market.  The  remaining  unfavorable  prior  years’  loss 
development for our Personal Lines business unit was primarily due to rapid geographic expansion. The increase in reserves for 
our E&S Commercial business unit was primarily related to commercial auto and physical damage and general liability lines of 
business. These unfavorable  developments were  partially offset  by favorable prior years’ loss development of $6.1 million in 
our Hallmark Select business unit related to our aircraft liability lines of business and $0.8 million in our Standard Commercial 
P&C business unit primarily related to our commercial property lines of business. 

Analysis  of  loss  and  LAE  reserve  development.  The  following  table  shows  the  development  of  our  loss  reserves,  net  of 
reinsurance, for years ended December 31, 2003 through 2013. Section A of the table shows the estimated liability for unpaid 
losses and LAE, net of reinsurance, recorded at the balance sheet date for each of the indicated years. This liability represents 
the estimated amount of losses  and LAE for claims arising in prior years that are unpaid at the  balance sheet date, including 
losses  that  have  been  incurred  but  not  yet  reported  to  us.  Section  B  of  the  table  shows  the  re-estimated  amount  of  the 
previously recorded liability, based on experience as of the end of each succeeding year. The estimate is increased or decreased 
as more information becomes known about the frequency and severity of claims. 

Cumulative Redundancy/ (Deficiency) (Section C of the table) represents the aggregate change in the estimates over all prior 
years.  Thus,  changes  in  ultimate  development  estimates  are  included  in  operations  over  a  number  of  years,  minimizing  the 
significance of such changes in any one year. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANALYSIS OF LOSS AND LAE DEVELOPMENT 

               As of and for Year Ended December 31 

A. Reserve for unpaid loss & LAE, net of reinsurance 

recoverables 

$ 21,197 

$ 17,700 

$ 25,997   $  72,801   $ 120,849    $ 150,025   $ 176,250   $ 213,723   $ 254,901   $ $ 263,832  $ 312,468    

2003 

2004 

2005 

2006 

2007 

2008 

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

B. Net reserve re-estimated as of: 

One year later 

Two years later 

Three years later 

Four years later 

Five years later 

Six years later 

Seven years later 

Eight years later 

Nine years later 

Ten years later 

66,387     119,034      151,645     185,440     230,089     251,226      273,786 
68,490     118,646      155,155     183,689     226,856     256,198       
68,809     120,444      154,738     181,268     230,145     
69,847     119,771      155,520     185,848     
71,879     123,949      158,842    
78,396     128,006     
79,939     

15,300     24,820    
15,473     24,903    
13,962     23,144    
14,166     23,455    
13,163     24,425    
17,857     25,403    
17,597     30,704    
17,605     32,395    

18,108    

20,003 

19,065 

19,698 

18,551 

18,769 

17,784 

18,521 

18,297 

18,312 

18,601 

C. Net cumulative redundancy (deficiency) 

2,596 

(408 ) )  

(6,398 )   

(7,138 )   

(7,157 )   

(8,817  )  

(9,598 )   

(16,422 )   

(1,297 )   

) 
(9,954 

D. Cumulative amount of claims paid, net of reserve 

recoveries through: 

One year later 
Two years later 
Three years later 
Four years later 
Five years later 
Six years later 
Seven years later 
Eight years later 
Nine years later 
Ten years later 

Net reserve-December 31 
Reinsurance recoverables 
Gross reserve-December 31 

Net re-estimated reserve 
Re-estimated reinsurance recoverable 
Gross re-estimated reserve 

8,073     16,721    
12,004     22,990    
13,113     24,562    
13,750     27,231    
13,102     28,833    
17,498     30,367    
17,557     31,058    
17,551     33,171    
17,915    

12,217 
15,814 
18,162 
17,997 
18,415 
17,735 
18,083 
18,120 
18,115 
18,601 

21,197 
7,259 
28,456 

17,700     25,997    
1,948    
324    
19,648     26,321    

50,458      64,810     73,647     105,848     109,538      110,812     
78,314      95,385     121,222     156,176     163,803      
93,286      120,133     146,956     188,044    

30,061    
46,860    
58,322    
65,084     105,251      131,912     162,704    
71,082     112,029      140,618    
75,225     118,171     
75,141    

72,801     120,849      150,025     176,250     213,723     254,901      
42,044      
4,763    
77,564     125,338      156,363     184,662     251,677     296,945      

8,412     37,954    

4,489     

6,338    

263,832    312,468   
49,584   
70,172   
313,416    382,640   

18,601     18,108     32,395     

79,939      128,006      158,842      185,848      230,145      256,198     

273,786  

4,419    

1,050    

1,776     

6,702     

7,919     

7,443     

7,195     

37,582     

43,277     

49,084  

23,020     19,158     34,171     

86,641      135,925      166,285      193,043      267,727      299,475     

322,870  

Gross cumulative redundancy (deficiency) 

$  5,436 

$ 

490   $  (7,850 )  $ 

(9,077 )  $  (10,587 )  $  (9,922 ) ) $ 

(8,381 )  $ (16,050 )  $ 

(2,530 )   $ 

(9,454  ) 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
      
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
    
      
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
    
    
      
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
    
    
    
      
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
     
    
    
    
      
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
    
     
    
    
    
      
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
    
    
     
    
    
    
      
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
     
  
 
 
   
      
     
  
 
 
   
    
      
     
  
 
 
   
    
    
      
     
  
 
 
   
    
    
    
      
     
  
 
 
   
     
    
    
    
      
     
  
 
 
   
    
     
    
    
    
      
     
  
 
 
   
    
    
     
    
    
    
      
     
  
 
 
   
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
      
     
  
 
 
 
 
   
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
      
     
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
      
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
      
     
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
Reinsurance  

We reinsure a portion of the risk we underwrite in order to control our exposure to losses and to protect our capital resources. 
We cede to reinsurers a portion of these risks and pay premiums based upon the risk and exposure of the policies subject to 
such reinsurance. Ceded reinsurance involves credit risk and is generally subject to aggregate loss limits. Although the reinsurer 
is  liable  to  us  to  the  extent  of  the  reinsurance  ceded,  we  are  ultimately  liable  as  the  direct  insurer  on  all  risks  reinsured. 
Reinsurance  recoverables  are  reported  after  allowances  for  uncollectible  amounts.  We  monitor  the  financial  condition  of 
reinsurers on an ongoing basis and review our reinsurance arrangements periodically. Reinsurers are selected based on their 
financial condition, business practices and the price of their product offerings. Our reinsurance facilities are subject to annual 
renewal. In order to mitigate credit risk to reinsurance companies, most of our reinsurance recoverable balance as of December 
31, 2013 was with reinsurers that had an A.M. Best rating of “A-” or better. We also mitigate our credit risk for the remaining 
reinsurance recoverable by obtaining letters of credit. 

The following table presents our gross and net premiums written and earned and reinsurance recoveries for each of the last 
three years (in thousands). 

Gross premiums written 
Ceded premiums written 
Net premiums written 

Gross premiums earned 
Ceded premiums earned 
Net premiums earned 

Reinsurance recoveries 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Year Ended December 31, 
2012 
389,842 
(57,353 ) 
332,489 

2013 
460,027 
(99,262 ) 
360,765 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2011 
354,881 
(51,005 ) 
303,876 

437,226 
(76,685 ) 
360,541 

$ 

$ 

373,849 
(54,413 ) 
319,436 

$ 

$ 

350,080 
(57,039 ) 
293,041 

45,456 

$ 

29,014 

$ 

32,941 

We currently reinsure the following exposures on business generated by our business units: 

• 

Property catastrophe. Our property catastrophe reinsurance reduces the financial impact a catastrophe could have on 
our commercial and personal property insurance lines.  Catastrophes might include multiple claims and policyholders.  
Catastrophes include hurricanes, windstorms, earthquakes, hailstorms, explosions, severe winter  weather and fires.  
Our property catastrophe reinsurance is excess-of-loss reinsurance, which provides us reinsurance coverage for losses 
in excess of an agreed-upon amount.  We utilize catastrophe models to assist in determining appropriate retention 
and limits to purchase.  Effective July 1, 2013, the terms of our property catastrophe reinsurance are: 

o  We retain the first $6.0 million of property catastrophe losses; and  

o  Our reinsurers reimburse us 100% for any loss occurrence in excess of our $6.0 million retention up to $29.0 

million for each catastrophic occurrence, subject to an aggregate limit of $58.0 million. 

    •    Commercial property.  Our commercial property reinsurance is excess-of-loss coverage intended to reduce the       
financial impact a single-event or catastrophic loss may have on our results. Effective July 1, 2013, the terms of our 
commercial property reinsurance are: 

o  We retain the first $1.0 million of loss for each commercial property risk; 

o  Our reinsurers reimburse us for the next $5.0 million for each commercial property risk, and $10.0 million 
for all commercial property risk involved in any one occurrence, in all cases subject to an aggregate limit of 
$30.0 million for all commercial property losses occurring during the treaty period; and 

o 

Individual  risk  facultative  reinsurance  is  purchased  on  any  commercial  property  with  limits  above  $6.0 
million.  

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

Commercial casualty. Our commercial casualty reinsurance is excess-of-loss coverage intended to reduce the financial 
impact  a  single-event  loss  may  have  on  our  results.  Effective  July  1,  2013,  the  terms  of  our  commercial  casualty 
reinsurance are: 

o  We retain the first $1.0 million of any commercial liability risk; and 

o  Our reinsurers reimburse us for the next $5.0 million for each commercial liability risk. 

• 

Aviation. Effective July 1, 2013 we purchased proportional reinsurance where we cede 80% of the risk to reinsurers on 
the aviation risks produced in all states by our Hallmark Select business unit.   

•  Occupational  Accident.    We  purchase  excess-of-loss  reinsurance  coverage  for  the  occupational  accident  insurance 
product produced by our Standard Commercial P&C business unit.  The terms of occupational accident reinsurance 
are: 

o  We retain the first $1.0 million of any occupational accident risk; and 

o 

Our  reinsurers  reimburse  us  for  the  next  $5.0  million  for  each  occupational  accident  risk  up  to  $10.0 
million for each occurrence. 

•  Workers  Compensation.  We  purchase  excess  of  loss  reinsurance  specific  to  the  workers  compensation  risks 
underwritten by our Workers Compensation business unit. The terms of our workers compensation reinsurance are:  

o  We retain the first $1.0 million of each workers compensation loss; and 

o  Our reinsurers reimburse us 100% for the next $14.0 million for each workers compensation loss, subject to a 
maximum  limit  of  $10.0  million  for  any  one  person  and  an  aggregate  limit  of  $28.0  million  for  all  workers 
compensation losses. 

Person 

Hallmark 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Personal Property.  Effective February 1, 2013 we purchased proportional reinsurance where we cede 60% of the risks 
to  reinsurers  on  the  low  value  dwelling/homeowners,  renters  and  manufactured  homes  coverages  produced  in  all 
states by our Personal Lines business unit. 

Personal Auto. Effective October 1, 2013 we purchased proportional reinsurance where we cede 90% of the risks to 
reinsurers on the nonstandard automobile risks produced in certain states by our Personal Lines business unit. 

Standard Commercial P&C. We purchase proportional reinsurance where we cede 100% of the risks to reinsurers on 
the equipment breakdown coverage on our commercial multi-peril property and business owner’s risks and on the 
employment practices liability coverage on certain commercial multi-peril, general liability and business owner’s risks. 

Excess & Umbrella. We purchase proportional reinsurance where we retain 20% of each risk and cede the remaining 
80%  to  reinsurers  on  the  commercial  umbrella  and  excess  liability  insurance  produced  by  our  Hallmark  Select 
business  unit.  In  states  where  we  are  not  yet  licensed  to  offer  a  non-admitted  product,  we  utilize  a  fronting 
arrangement pursuant to which we assume all of the risk and then retrocede a portion of that risk under the same 
proportional reinsurance treaty.  

Professional  Liability.    Effective  June  1,  2013,  we  purchased  proportional  reinsurance  on  our  medical  professional 
liability risks produced by our Hallmark Select business unit where we retain 60% of each risk and cede the remaining 
40%  to  reinsurers.  In  states  where  we  are  not  yet  licensed  to  offer  a  non-admitted  product,  we  utilize  a  fronting 
arrangement pursuant to which we assume all of the risk and then retrocede a portion of that risk under the same 
proportional reinsurance treaty. 

E&S Commercial. We purchase facultative reinsurance on our commercial umbrella and excess liability risks produced 
by our E&S Commercial business unit where we retain 10% of the first $1.0 million of risk and cede the remaining 90% 
to reinsurers. We cede 100% of our commercial umbrella and excess liability risks in excess of $1.0 million. 

•  Hallmark  County  Mutual.  HCM  is  used  to  front  certain  lines  of  business  in  our  Specialty  Commercial  and  Personal 
Segments  in  Texas  where  we  previously  produced  policies  for  third  party  county  mutual  insurance  companies  and 
reinsured 100% for a fronting fee. In addition, HCM is used to front business produced by unaffiliated third parties. 
HCM does not retain any business. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Hallmark National Insurance Company. Simultaneous with the December 31, 2010 closing of our acquisition of HNIC, 
HNIC  entered  into  reinsurance  contracts  with  an  affiliate  of  the  seller  pursuant  to  which  such  affiliate  of  the  seller 
handles all claims and assumes all liabilities arising under policies issued by HNIC prior to closing or during a transition 
period following the closing.  

Investment Portfolio 

Our investment objective is to maximize current yield while maintaining safety of capital together with sufficient liquidity for 
ongoing insurance operations. Our investment portfolio is composed of fixed-income and equity securities. As of December 31, 
2013, we had total invested assets of $461.3 million. If market rates were to increase by 1%, the fair value of our fixed-income 
securities as of December 31, 2013 would decrease by approximately $12.2 million. The following table shows the fair values of 
various categories of fixed-income securities, the percentage of the total fair value of our invested assets represented by each 
category and the tax equivalent book yield based on fair value of each category of invested assets as of December 31, 2013 and 
2012. 

As of December 31, 2013 

As of December 31, 2012 

Percent 
of 
Total 

Fair 
Value 
(in thousands) 

Yield 

Fair 
Value 
(in thousands) 

Percent 
of 
Total 

Yield 

Category: 

Corporate bonds 

$ 

Collateralized corporate bank loans 

Municipal bonds 

US Treasury securities and 

obligations of U.S. Government 

Mortgage backed 

43,875      
102,178      
157,552      

78,753      
27,737      

10.7 %    
24.9 %    
38.4 %    

19.2 %    
6.8 %    

3.8 % 

$ 

4.0 % 

5.0 % 

0.5 % 

2.7 % 

81,547      
106,371      
163,732      

40,061      
9,724      

20.3 %    
26.5 %    
40.8 %    

10.0 %    
2.4 %    

4.6 % 

4.8 % 

5.1 % 

0.3 % 

2.9 % 

Total 

$ 

410,095      

100.0 %    

3.6 % 

$ 

401,435      

100.0 %    

4.4 % 

The weighted average credit rating for our fixed-income portfolio, using ratings assigned by Standard and Poor’s Rating Services 
(a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.), was A- at December 31, 2013. The following table shows the distribution of our 
fixed-income portfolio by Standard and Poor’s rating as a percentage of total fair value as of December 31, 2013 and 2012: 

As of 
December 31, 2013 

As of 
December 31, 2012 

Rating: 
"AAA" 
"AA" 
"A" 
"BBB" 
"BB" 
"B" 
"CCC" 
"NR" 
Total 

1.1 % 
17.9 % 
18.1 % 
37.1 % 
19.8 % 
3.0 % 
0.1 % 
2.9 % 
100.0 % 

0.9 % 
33.7 % 
22.4 % 
18.9 % 
18.6 % 
4.5 % 
0.7 % 
0.3 % 
100.0 % 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
   
     
 
   
 
   
     
 
   
 
     
      
 
    
 
     
      
 
    
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
      
 
    
 
   
 
      
 
    
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
      
 
    
 
   
 
      
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  shows  the  composition  of  our  fixed-income  portfolio  by  remaining  time  to  maturity  as  of  December  31, 
2013 and 2012. 

Remaining time to maturity: 

Less than one year 

One to five years 

Five to ten years 

More than ten years 

Mortgage-backed 

Total 

As of December 31, 2013 

As of December 31, 2012 

Fair Value 
(in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

71,969      
163,006      
108,761      
38,622      
27,737      
410,095      

Percentage of 
Total 
Fair Value 

Percentage of 
Total 
Fair Value 

Fair Value 
(in thousands) 

17.6 % 

$ 

39.7 % 

26.5 % 

9.4 % 

6.8 % 

100.0 % 

$ 

68,739      
169,811      
102,770      
50,391      
9,724      
401,435      

17.1 % 

42.3 % 

25.6 % 

12.6 % 

2.4 % 

100.0 % 

Our  investment  strategy  is  to  conservatively  manage  our  investment  portfolio  by  investing  primarily  in  readily  marketable, 
investment-grade, fixed-income securities. As of December 31, 2013, 11% of our investment portfolio was invested in equity 
securities.  Our  investment  portfolio  is  managed  internally.  We  regularly  review  our  portfolio  for  declines  in  value.  For  fixed 
maturity investments that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired and that we do  not intend to  sell and will not be 
required to sell, we separate the amount of the impairment into the amount that is credit related (credit loss component) and 
the  amount  due  to  all  other  factors.  The  credit  loss  component  is  recognized  in  earnings  and  is  the  difference  between  the 
investment’s amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future cash flows. The remaining difference between 
the investment’s fair value and the present value of future expected cash flows is recognized in other comprehensive income. 
The following table details the net unrealized gain balance by invested asset category as of December 31, 2013. 

Category 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized corporate bank loans 
Municipal bonds 
Equity securities 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government 
Mortgage-backed 

Total 

Net Unrealized 
Gain Balance 
(in thousands) 
929 
$ 
125 
602 
26,328 
(141 ) 
(47 ) 
27,796 

$ 

As part of our overall investment strategy, we also maintain an integrated cash management system utilizing on-line banking 
services and daily overnight investment accounts to maximize investment earnings on all available cash. 

Technology  

The majority of our technology systems are based on products licensed from insurance-specific technology vendors that have 
been substantially customized to meet the unique needs of our various business units. Our technology systems primarily consist 
of integrated central processing computers, a series of server-based computer networks and various communications systems 
that allow our various operations to share systems solutions and communicate to the corporate office in a timely, secure and 
consistent manner. We maintain backup facilities and systems through a contract with a leading provider of computer disaster 
recovery services. Each business unit bears the information services expenses specific to its operations as well as a portion of 
the corporate services expenses. Increases to vendor license and service fees are capped per annum. 

We  believe  the  implementation  of  our  various  technology  systems  has  increased  our  efficiency  in  the  processing  of  our 
business, resulting in lower operating costs. Additionally, our systems enable us to provide a high level of service to our agents 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
     
      
 
     
      
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
and policyholders by processing our business in a timely and efficient manner, communicating and sharing data with our agents 
and  providing  a  variety  of  methods  for  the  payment  of  premiums.  We  believe  these  systems  have  also  improved  the 
accumulation and analysis of information for our management. 

Ratings 

Many insurance buyers, agents and brokers use the ratings assigned by A.M. Best and other rating agencies to assist them in 
assessing  the  financial  strength  and  overall  quality  of  the  companies  from  which  they  are  considering  purchasing  insurance. 
A.M. Best has  pooled its ratings  of our AHIC, HIC, HSIC and HNIC subsidiaries and assigned a financial strength rating of “A-” 
(Excellent) and an issuer credit rating of “a-” to each of these individual insurance company subsidiaries and to the pool formed 
by the four insurance company subsidiaries. A.M. Best has also assigned a financial strength rating of “A-” (Excellent) and an 
issuer credit rating of “a-” to HCM. A.M. Best does not assign a financial strength rating or an issuer credit rating to TBIC. An “A–
”  rating  is  the  fourth  highest  of  15  rating  categories  used  by  A.M.  Best.  In  evaluating  an  insurer’s  financial  and  operating 
performance,  A.M.  Best  reviews  the  company’s  profitability,  indebtedness  and  liquidity,  as  well  as  its  book  of  business,  the 
adequacy and soundness of its reinsurance, the quality and estimated fair value of its assets, the adequacy of its loss reserves, 
the adequacy of its surplus, its capital structure, the experience and competence of its management and its market presence. 
A.M. Best’s ratings reflect its opinion of an insurer’s financial strength, operating performance and ability to meet its obligations 
to policyholders and are not an evaluation directed at investors or recommendations to buy, sell or hold an insurer’s stock. 

Competition 

The  property/casualty  insurance  market,  our  primary  source  of  revenue,  is  highly  competitive  and,  except  for  regulatory 
considerations, has very few barriers to entry. According to A.M. Best, there were 3,196 property/casualty insurance companies 
and 2,135 property/casualty insurance groups operating in North America as of July 16, 2013. Our Standard Commercial P&C 
business  unit  competes  with  a  variety  of  large  national  standard  commercial  lines  carriers  such  as  Liberty  Mutual  Group, 
Travelers  Companies,  Inc.,  Cincinnati  Financial  Corporation  and  The  Hartford  Financial  Services  Group,  as  well  as  numerous 
smaller regional companies. The primary competition for the occupational accident insurance product offered by our Standard 
Commercial  P&C  unit  includes  such  carriers  as  Great  American  Insurance  Group,  One  Beacon  Insurance  Company,  North 
American  Insurance  Company  and  Service  Lloyds.  The  primary  competition  for  our  Workers  Compensation  business  unit 
includes such carriers as Texas Mutual Insurance Company, Service Lloyds Insurance Company, Employers Insurance Company, 
The  Hartford  Financial  Services  Group  and  FirstComp  Insurance  Company.  The  primary  competition  for  our  E&S  Commercial 
business unit includes such carriers as Accident Insurance Company, Atlantic Casualty Insurance Company, National Casualty, 
National Liability & Fire Insurance Company, Northland Insurance Company, Scottsdale Insurance Company, Spirit Commercial 
Auto Risk Retention Group and Lloyds of London. Our Hallmark Select business unit considers its primary competition for our 
excess & umbrella and general liability insurance products to include such carriers as American International Group, Inc., First 
Mercury Insurance Company, Axis Insurance Company, XL Specialty Insurance, W.R. Berkley Corporation and, to a lesser extent, 
a  number  of  national  standard  lines  carriers  such  as  Travelers  Companies,  Inc.  and  Liberty  Mutual  Group.  The  primary 
competitors  for  our  general  aviation  insurance  products  produced  by  our  Hallmark  Select  business  unit  are  Phoenix  Aviation 
Managers,  Starr  Aviation,  Chartis,  United  States  Specialty  Insurance  Company,  W.  Brown  &  Company,  United  States  Aircraft 
Insurance  Group  ,  Global  Aerospace  and  Allianz  Aviation  Managers.  The  primary  competition  for  the  medical  professional 
liability  insurance  products  produced  by  our  Hallmark  Select  business  unit  are  Admiral  Insurance  Company,  Catlin  Insurance 
Company,  CNA  Financial  Corporation,  Evanston  Insurance  Company,  Kinsale  Insurance  Company,  Lexington  Insurance 
Company,  ProAssurance  Corporation,  RSUI  Group  and  TDC  Companies.    Although  our  Personal  Lines  business  unit  competes 
with  large  national  insurers  such  as  Allstate  Corporation,  GEICO  Corporation  and  Progressive  Insurance  Company,  as  a 
participant  in  the  non-standard  personal  automobile  marketplace  its  competition  is  most  directly  associated  with  numerous 
regional companies and managing general agencies. Our competitors include entities that have, or are affiliated with entities 
that have, greater financial and other resources than we have. 

Generally, we compete on price, customer service, coverages offered, claims handling, financial stability, agent commission and 
support,  customer  recognition  and  geographic  coverage.  We  compete  with  companies  who  use  independent  agents,  captive 
agent networks, direct marketing channels or a combination thereof. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance Regulation 

AHIC, HCM and TBIC are domiciled in Texas, HIC is domiciled in Arizona, HSIC is domiciled in Oklahoma and HNIC is domiciled in 
Ohio.  Therefore,  our  insurance  operations  are  regulated  by  the  Texas  Department  of  Insurance,  the  Arizona  Department  of 
Insurance,  the  Oklahoma  Insurance  Department  and  the  Ohio  Department  of  Insurance,  as  well  as  the  applicable  insurance 
department  of  each  state  in  which  we  issue  policies.  Our  insurance  company  subsidiaries  are  required  to  file  quarterly  and 
annual statements of their financial condition prepared in accordance with statutory accounting practices with the insurance 
departments of their respective states of domicile and the applicable insurance department of each state in which they write 
business. The financial conditions of our insurance company subsidiaries, including the adequacy of surplus, loss reserves and 
investments, are subject to review by the insurance department of their respective states of domicile. 

Periodic financial and market conduct examinations.  The insurance departments of the  states  of domicile for our insurance 
company  subsidiaries  have  broad  authority  to  enforce  insurance  laws  and  regulations  through  examinations,  administrative 
orders, civil and criminal enforcement proceedings, and suspension or revocation of an insurer’s certificate of authority or an 
agent’s license. The state insurance departments that have jurisdiction over our insurance company subsidiaries may conduct 
on-site visits and examinations of the insurance companies' affairs, especially as to their financial condition, ability to fulfill their 
obligations  to  policyholders,  market  conduct,  claims  practices  and  compliance  with  other  laws  and  applicable  regulations. 
Typically,  these  examinations  are  conducted  every  three  to  five  years.  In  addition,  if  circumstances  dictate,  regulators  are 
authorized  to  conduct  special  or  target  examinations  of  insurance  companies  to  address  particular  concerns  or  issues.  The 
results of these examinations can give rise to injunctive relief, regulatory orders requiring remedial or other corrective action on 
the part of the company that is the subject of the examination, assessment of fines, or other penalties against that company. In 
extreme cases, including actual or pending insolvency, the insurance department may take over, or appoint a receiver to take 
over, the management or operations of an insurer or an agent’s business or assets. 

Guaranty  funds.  All  insurance  companies  are  subject  to  assessments  for  state-administered  funds  that  cover  the  claims  and 
expenses of insolvent or impaired insurers. The size of the assessment is determined each year by the total claims on the fund 
that year. Each insurer is assessed a pro rata share based on its direct premiums written in that state. Payments to the fund 
may generally be recovered by the insurer through deductions from its premium taxes over a specified period of years. 

Transactions between insurance companies and their affiliates. Hallmark is also regulated as an insurance holding company by 
the Texas Department of Insurance, the Arizona Department of Insurance, the Oklahoma Insurance Department and the Ohio 
Insurance Department. Financial transactions between Hallmark or any of its affiliates and our insurance company subsidiaries 
are  subject  to  regulation.  Transactions  between  our  insurance  company  subsidiaries  and  their  affiliates  generally  must  be 
disclosed  to  state  regulators,  and  prior  regulatory  approval  generally  is  required  before  any  material  or  extraordinary 
transaction may be consummated or any management agreement, services agreement, expense sharing arrangement or other 
contract providing for the rendering of services on a regular, systematic basis is implemented. State regulators may refuse to 
approve or may delay approval of such a transaction, which may impact our ability to innovate or operate efficiently. 

Dividends.  Dividends  and  distributions  to  Hallmark  by  our  insurance  company  subsidiaries  are  restricted  by  the  insurance 
regulations  of  the  respective  state  in  which  each  insurance  company  subsidiary  is  domiciled.  As  property/casualty  insurance 
companies domiciled in the state of Texas, AHIC and TBIC may only pay dividends from unassigned surplus funds. In addition, 
AHIC and TBIC must obtain the approval of the Texas Department of Insurance before the payment of extraordinary dividends, 
which are defined as dividends or distributions of cash or other property the fair market value of which combined with the fair 
market value of each other dividend or distribution made in the preceding 12 months exceeds the greater of: (1) statutory net 
income as of the prior December 31st or (2) 10% of statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the prior December 31. HIC, domiciled 
in  Arizona,  may  pay  dividends  out  of  that  part  of  its  available  surplus  funds  that  is  derived  from  realized  net  profits  on  its 
business. Without prior written approval from the Arizona Department of Insurance, HIC may not pay extraordinary dividends, 
which are defined as dividends or distributions of cash or other property the fair market value of which combined with the fair 
market  value  of  each  other  dividend  or  distribution  made  in  the  preceding  12  months  exceeds  the  lesser  of:  (1)  10%  of 
statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the prior December 31 or (2) net investment income as of the prior December 31. HSIC, 
domiciled in Oklahoma, may only pay dividends out of that part of its available surplus funds that is derived from realized net 
profits  on  its  business.  Without  prior  written  approval  from  the  Oklahoma  Insurance  Department,  HSIC  may  not  pay 
extraordinary dividends, which are defined as dividends or distributions of cash or other property the fair market value of which 
combined  with  the  fair  market  value  of  each  other  dividend  or  distribution  made  in  the  preceding  12  months  exceeds  the 
greater of: (1) 10% of statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the prior December 31 or (2) statutory net income as of the prior 
December  31,  not  including  realized  capital  gains.  HNIC,  domiciled  in  Ohio,  may  only  pay  dividends  out  of  that  part  of  its 
available  surplus  funds  that  is  derived  from  earned  surplus  to  shareholders.  Without  prior  written  approval  from  the  Ohio 
Department of Insurance, HNIC may not pay extraordinary dividends, which are defined as dividends or distributions of cash or 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
other property the fair market value of which combined with the fair market value of each other dividend or distribution made 
in the preceding 12 months exceeds the greater of: (1) 10% of statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the prior December 31 or 
(2) statutory net income as of the prior December 31. As a county mutual, dividends from HCM are payable to policyholders. 

Risk-based capital requirements. The National Association of Insurance Commissioners requires property/casualty insurers to 
file a risk-based capital calculation according to a specified formula. The purpose of the formula is twofold: (1) to assess the 
adequacy  of  an  insurer’s  statutory  capital  and  surplus  based  upon  a  variety  of  factors  such  as  potential  risks  related  to 
investment portfolio, ceded reinsurance and product mix; and (2) to assist state regulators under the RBC for Insurers Model 
Act  by  providing  thresholds  at  which  a  state  commissioner  is  authorized  and  expected  to  take  regulatory  action.  As  of 
December 31, 2013, the adjusted capital under the risk-based capital calculation of each of our insurance company subsidiaries 
substantially exceeded the minimum requirements. 

Required licensing. Our non-insurance company subsidiaries are subject to and in compliance with the licensing requirements 
of the department of insurance in each state in which they produce business. These licenses govern, among other things, the 
types  of  insurance  coverages,  agency  and  claims  services  and  products  that  we  may  offer  consumers  in  these  states.  Such 
licenses typically are issued only after we file an appropriate application and satisfy prescribed criteria. Generally, each state 
requires  one  officer  to  maintain  an  agent  license.  Claims  adjusters  employed  by  us  are  also  subject  to  the  licensing 
requirements of each state in which they conduct business. Each employed claim adjuster either holds or has applied for the 
required  licenses.  Our  premium  finance  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  licensing,  financial  reporting  and  certain  financial 
requirements  imposed  by  the  Texas  Department  of  Insurance,  as  well  as  regulations  promulgated  by  the  Texas  Office  of 
Consumer Credit Commissioner. 

Regulation  of  insurance  rates  and  approval  of  policy  forms.  The  insurance  laws  of  most  states  in  which  our  subsidiaries 
operate require insurance companies to file insurance rate schedules and insurance policy forms for review and approval. State 
insurance  regulators  have  broad  discretion  in  judging  whether  our  rates  are  adequate,  not  excessive  and  not  unfairly 
discriminatory and whether our policy forms comply with law. The speed at which we can change our rates depends, in part, on 
the  method  by  which  the  applicable  state’s  rating  laws  are  administered.  Generally,  state  insurance  regulators  have  the 
authority to disapprove our rates or request changes in our rates. 

Restrictions  on  cancellation,  non-renewal  or  withdrawal.  Many  states  have  laws  and  regulations  that  limit  an  insurance 
company’s ability to exit a market. For example, certain states limit an automobile insurance company’s ability to cancel or not 
renew policies. Some states prohibit an insurance company from withdrawing from one or more lines of business in the state, 
except pursuant to a plan approved by the state insurance department. In some states, this applies to significant reductions in 
the amount of insurance written, not just to a complete withdrawal. State insurance departments may disapprove a plan that 
may lead to market disruption. 

Investment restrictions. We are subject to state laws and regulations that require diversification of our investment portfolios 
and that limit the amount of investments in certain categories. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause 
non-conforming investments to  be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring  statutory surplus and, in  some 
instances, would require divestiture. 

Trade  practices.  The  manner  in  which  we  conduct  the  business  of  insurance  is  regulated  by  state  statutes  in  an  effort  to 
prohibit practices that constitute unfair methods of competition or unfair or deceptive acts or practices. Prohibited practices 
include disseminating false information or advertising; defamation; boycotting, coercion and intimidation; false statements or 
entries;  unfair  discrimination;  rebating;  improper  tie-ins  with  lenders  and  the  extension  of  credit;  failure  to  maintain  proper 
records; failure to maintain proper complaint handling procedures; and making false statements in connection with insurance 
applications for the purpose of obtaining a fee, commission or other benefit. 

Unfair claims practices. Generally, insurance companies, adjusting companies and individual claims adjusters are prohibited by 
state statutes from engaging in unfair claims practices on a flagrant basis or with such frequency to indicate a general business 
practice. Examples of unfair claims practices include: 

• 

• 

misrepresenting pertinent facts or insurance policy provisions relating to coverages at issue; 

failing  to  acknowledge  and  act  reasonably  promptly  upon  communications  with  respect  to  claims  arising 
under insurance policies; 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

failing to adopt and implement reasonable standards for the prompt investigation and settlement of claims 
arising under insurance policies; 

failing  to  affirm  or  deny  coverage  of  claims  within  a  reasonable  time  after  proof  of  loss  statements  have 
been completed; 

attempting  to  settle  a  claim  for less  than  the  amount  to  which  a  reasonable  person  would  have  believed 
such person was entitled; 

attempting to settle claims on the basis of an application that was altered without notice to, or knowledge 
and consent of, the insured; 

compelling  insureds  to  institute  suits  to  recover  amounts  due  under  policies  by  offering  substantially  less 
than the amounts ultimately recovered in suits brought by them; 

refusing to pay claims without conducting a reasonable investigation; 

making claim payments to an insured without indicating the coverage under which each payment is being 
made; 

delaying the investigation or payment of claims by requiring an insured, claimant or the physician of either 
to submit a preliminary claim report and then requiring the subsequent submission of formal proof of loss 
forms, both of which submissions contain substantially the same information; 

failing, in the case of claim denials or offers of compromise or settlement, to promptly provide a reasonable 
and accurate explanation of the basis for such actions; and 

not attempting in good faith to effectuate prompt, fair and equitable settlements of claims in which liability 
has become reasonably clear.  

Employees 

As  of  December  31,  2013,  we  employed  376  people  on  a  full-time  basis.  None  of  our  employees  are  represented  by  labor 
unions. We consider our employee relations to be good. 

Available Information  

The Company’s executive offices are located at 777 Main Street, Suite 1000 Fort Worth, Texas 76102. The Company’s mailing 
address  is  777  Main  Street,  Suite  1000  Fort  Worth,  Texas  76102.  Its  telephone  number  is  (817)  348-1600.  The  Company’s 
website  address  is  www.hallmarkgrp.com.  The  Company  files  annual,  quarterly  and  current  reports,  proxy  statements  and 
other information and documents with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which are made available to 
read and copy at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information 
on the operation of the Public Reference Room by contacting the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Reports filed with the SEC are also 
made available at www.sec.gov. The Company makes available free of charge on its website its  annual report on Form 10-K, 
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed with or furnished to the 
SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practical after it electronically 
files them with or furnishes them to the SEC. 

Item 1A. Risk Factors. 

Our success depends on our ability to price accurately the risks we underwrite.  

Our results of operations and financial condition depend on our ability to underwrite and set premium rates accurately for a 
wide variety of risks. Adequate rates are necessary to generate premiums sufficient to pay losses, loss settlement expenses and 
underwriting expenses and to earn a profit. To price our products accurately, we must collect and properly analyze a substantial 
amount  of  data;  develop,  test  and  apply  appropriate  pricing  techniques;  closely  monitor  and  timely  recognize  changes  in 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
trends;  and  project  both  severity  and  frequency  of  losses  with  reasonable  accuracy.  Our  ability  to  undertake  these  efforts 
successfully, and as a result price our products accurately, is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, some of which are 
outside our control, including:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

the availability of sufficient reliable data and our ability to properly analyze available data; 

the uncertainties that inherently characterize estimates and assumptions; 

our selection and application of appropriate pricing techniques; and 

changes in applicable legal liability standards and in the civil litigation system generally. 

Consequently, we could underprice risks, which would adversely affect our profit margins, or we could overprice risks, which 
could reduce our sales volume and competitiveness. In either case, our profitability could be materially and adversely affected. 

Our results may fluctuate as a result of cyclical changes in the property/casualty insurance industry. 

Our  revenue  is  primarily  attributable  to  property/casualty  insurance,  which  as  an  industry  is  cyclical  in  nature  and  has 
historically been characterized by soft markets followed by hard markets. A soft market is a period of relatively high levels of 
price competition, less restrictive underwriting standards and generally low premium rates. A hard market is a period of capital 
shortages resulting in lack of insurance availability, relatively low levels of competition, more selective underwriting of risks and 
relatively  high  premium  rates.  If  we  find  it  necessary  to  reduce  premiums  or  limit  premium  increases  due  to  competitive 
pressures on pricing in a softening market, we may experience a reduction in our premiums written and in our profit margins 
and revenues, which could adversely affect our financial results. 

Estimating reserves is inherently uncertain. If our loss reserves are not adequate, it will have an unfavorable impact on our 
results. 

We  maintain  loss  reserves  to  cover  our  estimated  ultimate  liability  for  unpaid  losses  and  LAE  for  reported  and  unreported 
claims  incurred  as  of  the  end  of  each  accounting  period.  Reserves  represent  management’s  estimates  of  what  the  ultimate 
settlement  and  administration  of  claims  will  cost  and  are  not  reviewed  by  an  independent  actuary.  These  estimates,  which 
generally involve actuarial projections, are based on management’s assessment of facts and circumstances then known, as well 
as estimates of future trends in claim severity and frequency, judicial theories of liability, and other factors. These variables are 
affected  by  both  internal  and  external  events,  such  as  changes  in  claims  handling  procedures,  inflation,  judicial  trends  and 
legislative  changes.  Many  of  these  factors  are  not  quantifiable.  Additionally,  there  may  be  a  significant  lag  between  the 
occurrence  of  an  event  and  the  time  it  is  reported  to  us.  The  inherent  uncertainties  of  estimating  reserves  are  greater  for 
certain  types  of  liabilities,  particularly  those  in  which  the  various  considerations  affecting  the  type  of  claim  are  subject  to 
change and in which long periods of time may elapse before a definitive determination of liability is made. Reserve estimates 
are continually  refined in a regular and ongoing  process as  experience develops and further claims are reported and settled. 
Adjustments  to  reserves  are  reflected  in  the  results  of  the  periods  in  which  such  estimates  are  changed.  For  example,  a  1% 
change in December 31, 2013 unpaid losses and LAE would have produced a $3.8 million change to pretax earnings. Our gross 
loss and LAE reserves totaled $382.6 million at December 31, 2013. Our loss and LAE reserves, net of reinsurance recoverable 
on  unpaid  loss  and  LAE,  were  $312.5  million  at  that  date.  Because  setting  reserves  is  inherently  uncertain,  there  can  be  no 
assurance that the current reserves will prove adequate. 

Our failure to maintain favorable financial strength ratings could negatively impact our ability to compete successfully. 

Third-party rating agencies assess and rate the claims-paying ability of insurers based upon criteria established by the agencies. 
AHIC, HIC, HSIC and HNIC have entered into a pooling arrangement, pursuant to which AHIC retains 30% of the net premiums 
written by any of them, HIC retains 27% of the net premiums written by any of them, HSIC retains 30% of the net premiums 
written by any of them and HNIC retains 13% of the net premiums written by any of them. A.M. Best has pooled its ratings of 
these four insurance company subsidiaries and assigned a financial strength rating of “A–” (Excellent) and an issuer credit rating 
of “a-” to each of these individual insurance company  subsidiaries and to the pool formed by these four  insurance company 
subsidiaries. Also, A.M. Best has assigned HCM a financial strength rating of “A–” (Excellent) and an issuer credit rating of “a-”. 
A.M. Best does not assign a financial strength rating or an issuer credit rating to TBIC. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
These financial strength ratings are used by policyholders, insurers, reinsurers and insurance and reinsurance intermediaries as 
an  important  means  of  assessing  the  financial  strength  and  quality  of  insurers.  These  ratings  are  not  evaluations  directed  to 
potential purchasers of our common stock and are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold our common stock. Our ratings are 
subject  to  change  at  any  time  and  could  be  revised  downward  or  revoked  at  the  sole  discretion  of  the  rating  agencies.  We 
believe  that  the  ratings  assigned  by  A.M.  Best  are  an  important  factor  in  marketing  our  products.  Our  ability  to  retain  our 
existing  business  and  to  attract  new  business  in  our  insurance  operations  depends  largely  on  these  ratings.  Our  failure  to 
maintain  our  ratings,  or  any  other  adverse  development  with  respect  to  our  ratings,  could  cause  our  current  and  future 
independent  agents  and  insureds  to  choose  to  transact  their  business  with  more  highly  rated  competitors.  If  A.M.  Best 
downgrades our ratings or publicly indicates that our ratings are under review, it is likely that we would not be able to compete 
as  effectively  with  our  competitors,  and  our  ability  to  sell  insurance  policies  could  decline.  If  that  happens,  our  sales  and 
earnings would decrease. For example, many of our agencies and insureds have guidelines that require us to have an A.M. Best 
financial  strength  rating  of  “A-”  (Excellent)  or  higher.  A  reduction  of  our  A.M. Best  rating  below  “A-”  would  prevent  us  from 
issuing policies to insureds or potential insureds with such ratings requirements. 

Lenders and reinsurers also use our A.M. Best ratings as a factor in deciding whether to transact business with us. The failure of 
our  insurance  company  subsidiaries  to  maintain  their  current  ratings  could  dissuade  a  lender  or  reinsurance  company  from 
conducting business with us or might increase our interest or reinsurance costs. In addition, a ratings downgrade by A.M. Best 
below  “A-”  would  require  us  to  post  collateral  in  support  of  our  obligations  under  certain  of  our  reinsurance  agreements 
pursuant to which we assume business. 

The loss of key executives could disrupt our business. 

Our success will depend in part upon the continued service of certain key executives. Our success will also depend on our ability 
to attract and retain additional executives and personnel. We do not have employment agreements with our Chief Executive 
Officer or any of our other executive officers. The loss of key personnel, or our inability to recruit and retain additional qualified 
personnel, could cause disruption in our business and could prevent us from fully implementing our business strategies, which 
could materially and adversely affect our business, growth and profitability. 

Our industry is very competitive, which may unfavorably impact our results of operations. 

The  property/casualty  insurance  market,  our  primary  source  of  revenue,  is  highly  competitive  and,  except  for  regulatory 
considerations, has very few barriers to entry. According to A.M. Best, there were 3,196 property/casualty insurance companies 
and 2,135 property/casualty insurance groups operating in North America as of July 16, 2013. Our competitors include entities 
that have, or are affiliated with entities that have, greater financial and other resources than we have. In addition, competitors 
may  attempt  to  increase  market  share  by  lowering  rates.  In  that  case,  we  could  experience  reductions  in  our  underwriting 
margins, or sales of our insurance policies could decline as customers purchase lower-priced products from our competitors. 
Losing  business  to  competitors  offering  similar  products  at  lower  prices,  or  having  other  competitive  advantages,  could 
adversely affect our results of operations. 

Our results may be unfavorably impacted if we are unable to obtain adequate reinsurance. 

As  part  of  our  overall  risk  and  capacity  management  strategy,  we  purchase  reinsurance  for  significant  amounts  of  risk, 
especially catastrophe risks that we and our insurance company subsidiaries underwrite. Our catastrophe and non-catastrophe 
reinsurance facilities are generally subject to annual renewal. We may be unable to maintain our current reinsurance facilities 
or  to  obtain  other  reinsurance  facilities  in  adequate  amounts  and  at  favorable  rates.  The  amount,  availability  and  cost  of 
reinsurance  are  subject  to  prevailing  market  conditions  beyond  our  control,  and  may  affect  our  ability  to  write  additional 
premiums  as  well  as  our  profitability.  If  we  are  unable  to  obtain  adequate  reinsurance  protection  for  the  risks  we  have 
underwritten,  we  will  either  be  exposed  to  greater  losses  from  these  risks  or  we  will  reduce  the  level  of  business  that  we 
underwrite, which will reduce our revenue.  

If the companies that provide our reinsurance do not pay our claims in a timely manner, we could incur severe losses. 

We purchase reinsurance by transferring, or ceding, part of the risk we have assumed to a reinsurance company in exchange for 
part of the premium we receive in connection with the risk. Although reinsurance makes the reinsurer liable to us to the extent 
the risk is transferred or ceded to the reinsurer, it does not relieve us of our liability to our policyholders. Accordingly, we bear 
credit risk with respect to our reinsurers. We cannot assure that our reinsurers will pay all of our reinsurance claims, or that 
they  will  pay  our  claims  on  a  timely  basis.  At  December  31,  2013,  we  had  a  total  of  $121.8  million  due  us  from  reinsurers, 
including $76.8 million of recoverables from losses and $45.0 million in ceded unearned premiums. The largest amount due us 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
from  a  single  reinsurer  as  of  December  31,  2013  was  $13.5  million  reinsurance  and  premium  recoverable  from  Partner 
Reinsurance Company of the United States. If any of our reinsurers are unable or unwilling to pay amounts they owe us in a 
timely fashion, we could suffer a significant loss or a shortage of liquidity, which would have a material adverse effect on our 
business and results of operations. 

Catastrophic losses are unpredictable and may adversely affect our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition. 

Property/casualty insurance companies are subject to claims arising out of catastrophes that may have a significant effect on 
their results of operations, liquidity and financial condition. Catastrophes can be caused by various events, including hurricanes, 
windstorms, earthquakes, hail storms, explosions, severe winter weather and fires, and may include man-made events, such as 
terrorist attacks. The incidence, frequency, and severity of catastrophes are inherently unpredictable. The extent of losses from 
a catastrophe is a function of both the total amount of insured exposure in the area affected by the event and the severity of 
the event. 

Claims from catastrophic events could reduce our net income, cause substantial volatility in our financial results for any fiscal 
quarter or year or otherwise adversely affect our financial condition, liquidity or results of operations. Catastrophes may also 
negatively affect our ability to write new business. Increases in the value and geographic concentration of insured property and 
the effects of inflation could increase the severity of claims from catastrophic events in the future. 

Catastrophe models may not accurately predict future losses.  

Along  with  other  insurers  in  the  industry,  we  use  models  developed  by  third-party  vendors  in  assessing  our  exposure  to 
catastrophe  losses  that  assume  various  conditions  and  probability  scenarios.  However,  these  models  do  not  necessarily 
accurately predict future losses or accurately measure losses currently incurred. Catastrophe models, which have been evolving 
since  the  early  1990s,  use  historical  information  about  various  catastrophes  and  detailed  information  about  our  in-force 
business.  While  we  use  this  information  in  connection  with  our  pricing  and  risk  management  activities,  there  are  limitations 
with  respect  to  their  usefulness  in  predicting  losses  in  any  reporting  period.  Examples  of  these  limitations  are  significant 
variations in estimates between models and modelers and material increases and decreases in model results due to changes 
and refinements of the underlying data elements and assumptions. Such limitations lead to questionable predictive capability 
and post-event measurements that have not been well understood or proven to be sufficiently reliable. In addition, the models 
are  not  necessarily  reflective  of  company  or  state-specific  policy  language,  demand  surge  for  labor  and  materials  or  loss 
settlement  expenses,  all  of  which  are  subject  to  wide  variation  by  catastrophe.  Because  the  occurrence  and  severity  of 
catastrophes are inherently unpredictable and may vary significantly from year to year, historical results of operations may not 
be indicative of future results of operations. 

We are subject to comprehensive regulation, and our results may be unfavorably impacted by these regulations. 

We are subject to comprehensive governmental regulation and supervision. Most insurance regulations are designed to protect 
the  interests  of  policyholders  rather  than  of  the  stockholders  and  other  investors  of  the  insurance  companies.  These 
regulations,  generally  administered  by  the  department  of  insurance  in  each  state  in  which  we  do  business,  relate  to,  among 
other things: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

approval of policy forms and rates; 

standards of solvency, including  risk-based capital measurements, which are a measure  developed by the 
National  Association  of  Insurance  Commissioners  and  used  by  the  state  insurance  regulators  to  identify 
insurance companies that potentially are inadequately capitalized; 

licensing of insurers and their agents; 

restrictions on the nature, quality and concentration of investments; 

restrictions on the ability of insurance company subsidiaries to pay dividends; 

restrictions on transactions between insurance company subsidiaries and their affiliates; 

requiring certain methods of accounting; 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

periodic examinations of operations and finances; 

the use of non-public consumer information and related privacy issues; 

the use of credit history in underwriting and rating; 

limitations on the ability to charge policy fees; 

the  acquisition  or  disposition  of  an  insurance  company  or  of  any  company  controlling  an  insurance 
company;  

involuntary  assignments  of  high-risk  policies,  participation  in  reinsurance  facilities  and  underwriting 
associations, assessments and other governmental charges; 

restrictions  on  the  cancellation  or  non-renewal  of  policies  and,  in  certain  jurisdictions,  withdrawal  from 
writing certain lines of business; 

prescribing the form and content of records of financial condition to be filed; 

requiring reserves for unearned premium, losses and other purposes; and 

with  respect  to  premium  finance  business,  the  federal  Truth-in-Lending  Act  and  similar  state  statutes.  In 
states where specific statutes have not been enacted, premium finance is generally subject to state usury 
laws that are applicable to consumer loans.  

State  insurance  departments  also  conduct  periodic  examinations  of  the  affairs  of  insurance  companies  and  require  filing  of 
annual and other reports relating to the financial condition of insurance companies, holding company issues and other matters. 
Our  business  depends  on  compliance  with  applicable  laws  and  regulations  and  our  ability  to  maintain  valid  licenses  and 
approvals  for  our  operations.  Regulatory  authorities  may  deny  or  revoke  licenses  for  various  reasons,  including  violations  of 
regulations.  Changes  in  the  level  of  regulation  of  the  insurance  industry  or  changes  in  laws  or  regulations  themselves  or 
interpretations  by  regulatory  authorities  could  have  a  material  adverse  affect  on  our  operations.  In  addition,  we  could  face 
individual,  group  and  class-action  lawsuits  by  our  policyholders  and  others  for  alleged  violations  of  certain  state  laws  and 
regulations. Each of these regulatory risks could have an adverse effect on our profitability. 

State statutes limit the aggregate amount of dividends that our subsidiaries may pay Hallmark, thereby limiting its funds to 
pay expenses and dividends. 

Hallmark  is  a  holding  company  and  a  legal  entity  separate  and  distinct  from  its  subsidiaries.  As  a  holding  company  without 
significant  operations  of  its  own,  Hallmark’s  principal  sources  of  funds  are  dividends  and  other  sources  of  funds  from  its 
subsidiaries.  State insurance laws limit the ability of Hallmark’s  insurance company subsidiaries to pay dividends and require 
our  insurance  company  subsidiaries  to  maintain  specified  minimum  levels  of  statutory  capital  and  surplus.  The  aggregate 
maximum amount of dividends permitted by law to be paid by an insurance company does not necessarily define an insurance 
company’s  actual  ability  to  pay  dividends.  The  actual  ability  to  pay  dividends  may  be  further  constrained  by  business  and 
regulatory  considerations,  such  as  the  impact  of  dividends  on  surplus,  by  our  competitive  position  and  by  the  amount  of 
premiums that we can write. Without regulatory approval, the aggregate maximum amount of dividends that could be paid to 
Hallmark in 2014 by our insurance company subsidiaries is $15.6 million. State insurance regulators have broad discretion to 
limit the payment of dividends by insurance companies and Hallmark’s right to participate in any distribution of assets of one of 
our insurance company subsidiaries is subject to prior claims of policyholders and creditors except to the extent that its rights, 
if  any,  as  a  creditor  are  recognized.  Consequently,  Hallmark’s  ability  to  pay  debts,  expenses  and  cash  dividends  to  our 
stockholders may be limited.  

Our  insurance  company  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  minimum  capital  and  surplus  requirements.  Failure  to  meet  these 
requirements could subject us to regulatory action. 

Our insurance company subsidiaries are subject to minimum capital and surplus requirements imposed under the laws of their 
respective  states  of  domicile  and  each  state  in  which  they  issue  policies.  Any  failure  by  one  of  our  insurance  company 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
subsidiaries  to  meet  minimum  capital  and  surplus  requirements  imposed  by  applicable  state  law  will  subject  it  to  corrective 
action,  which  may  include  requiring  adoption  of  a  comprehensive  financial  plan,  revocation  of  its  license  to  sell  insurance 
products or placing the subsidiary under state regulatory control. Any new minimum capital and surplus requirements adopted 
in the future may require us to increase the capital and surplus of our insurance company subsidiaries, which we may not be 
able to do. 

We are subject to assessments and other surcharges from state guaranty funds, mandatory reinsurance arrangements and 
state insurance facilities, which may reduce our profitability. 

Virtually all states require insurers licensed to do business therein to bear a portion of the unfunded obligations of impaired or 
insolvent insurance companies. These obligations are funded by assessments, which are levied by guaranty associations within 
the state, up to prescribed limits, on all member insurers in the state on the basis of the proportionate share of the premiums 
written by member insurers in the lines of business in which the impaired, insolvent or failed insurer was engaged. Accordingly, 
the  assessments  levied  on  us  by  the  states  in  which  we  are  licensed  to  write  insurance  may  increase  as  we  increase  our 
premiums  written.  In  addition,  as  a  condition  to  the  ability  to  conduct  business  in  certain  states,  insurance  companies  are 
required  to  participate  in  mandatory  reinsurance  funds.  The  effect  of  these  assessments  and  mandatory  reinsurance 
arrangements, or changes in them, could reduce our profitability in any given period or limit our ability to grow our business. 

We  monitor  developments  with  respect  to  various  state  facilities,  such  as  the  Texas  FAIR  Plan  and  the  Texas  Windstorm 
Insurance Association. The impact of any catastrophe experience on these facilities could result  in the facilities  recognizing a 
financial  deficit  or  a  financial  deficit  greater  than  the  level  currently  estimated.  They  may,  in  turn,  have  the  ability  to  assess 
participating  insurers  when  financial  deficits  occur,  adversely  affecting  our  results  of  operations.  While  these  facilities  are 
generally  designed  so  that  the  ultimate  cost  is  borne  by  policyholders,  the  exposure  to  assessments  and  the  availability  of 
recoupments or premium rate increases from these facilities may not offset each other in our financial statements. Moreover, 
even if they do offset each other, they may not offset each other in financial statements for the same fiscal period due to the 
ultimate timing of the assessments and recoupments or premium rate increases, as well as the possibility of policies not being 
renewed in subsequent years. 

Adverse securities market conditions can have a significant and negative impact on our investment portfolio. 

Our  results  of  operations  depend  in  part  on  the  performance  of  our  invested  assets.  As  of  December  31,  2013,  89%  of  our 
investment  portfolio  was  invested  in  fixed-income  securities.  Certain  risks  are  inherent  in  connection  with  fixed-income 
securities, including loss upon default and price volatility in reaction to changes in interest rates and general market factors. In 
general,  the  fair  value  of  a  portfolio  of  fixed-income  securities  increases  or  decreases  inversely  with  changes  in  the  market 
interest rates, while net investment income realized from future investments in fixed-income securities increases or decreases 
along with interest rates. In addition, 12% of our fixed-income securities have call or prepayment options. This subjects us to 
reinvestment risk should interest rates fall and issuers call their securities. Furthermore, actual net investment income and/or 
cash flows from investments that carry prepayment risk, such as mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, may differ 
from those anticipated at the time of investment as a result of interest rate fluctuations. An investment has prepayment risk 
when there is a risk that cash flows from the repayment of principal might occur earlier than anticipated because of declining 
interest  rates  or  later  than  anticipated  because  of  rising  interest  rates.  The  fair  value  of  our  fixed-income  securities  as  of 
December  31,  2013  was  $410.1  million.  If  market  interest  rates  were  to  increase  1%,  the  fair  value  of  our  fixed-income 
securities  would  decrease  by  approximately  $12.2  million  as  of  December  31,  2013.  The  calculated  change  in  fair  value  was 
determined using duration modeling assuming no prepayments. 

In addition to the general risks described above, although 76% of our portfolio is investment-grade, our fixed-income securities 
are nonetheless subject to credit risk. If any of the issuers of our fixed-income securities suffer financial setbacks, the ratings on 
the  fixed-income  securities  could  fall  (with  a  concurrent  fall  in  market  value)  and,  in  a  worst  case  scenario,  the  issuer  could 
default on its obligations. As of December 31, 2013 Hallmark had $0.3 million exposed in its investment portfolio to sub-prime 
mortgages and $27.7 million total exposure in mortgage-backed securities. Future changes in the fair value of our available-for-
sale securities will be reflected in other comprehensive income.  

Similar  treatment  is  not  available  for  liabilities.  Therefore,  interest  rate  fluctuations  could  adversely  affect  our  stockholders’ 
equity, total comprehensive income and/or cash flows. 

We  rely  on  independent  agents  and  specialty  brokers  to  market  our  products  and  their  failure  to  do  so  would  have  a 
material adverse effect on our results of operations. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We market and  distribute our insurance  programs exclusively through independent  insurance agents and specialty insurance 
brokers. As a result, our business depends in large part on the marketing efforts of these agents and brokers and on our ability 
to offer insurance products and services that meet the requirements of the agents, the brokers and their customers. However, 
these agents and brokers are not obligated to sell or promote our products and many sell or promote competitors’ insurance 
products in addition to our products. Some of our competitors have higher financial strength ratings, offer a larger variety of 
products, set lower prices for insurance coverage and/or offer higher commissions than we do. Therefore, we may not be able 
to  continue  to  attract  and  retain  independent  agents  and  brokers  to  sell  our  insurance  products.  The  failure  or  inability  of 
independent agents and  brokers to market our insurance products successfully could have a material adverse  impact on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We may experience difficulty in integrating acquisitions into our operations. 

The successful integration of any newly acquired businesses into our operations will require, among other things, the retention 
and assimilation of their key management, sales and other personnel; the coordination of their lines of insurance products and 
services; the adaptation of their technology, information systems and other processes; and the retention and transition of their 
customers.  Unexpected  difficulties  in  integrating  any  acquisition  could  result  in  increased  expenses  and  the  diversion  of 
management time and resources. If we do not  successfully integrate any acquired business into  our operations, we may  not 
realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and 
results  of  operations.  Further,  any  potential  acquisitions  may  require  significant  capital  outlays  and,  if  we  issue  equity  or 
convertible debt securities to pay for an acquisition, the issuance may be dilutive to our existing stockholders. 

Our internal controls are not fail-safe.  

We continually enhance our operating procedures and internal controls to effectively support our business and comply with our 
regulatory  and  financial  reporting  requirements.  As  a  result  of  the  inherent  limitations  in  all  control  systems,  no  system  of 
controls can provide absolute assurance that all control objectives have been or will be met, and that every instance of error or 
fraud has been or will be detected. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, 
not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. These inherent limitations include the realities that 
judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, 
controls can be circumvented by individual acts or by collusion of two or more persons. The design of any system of controls is 
based  in  part  upon  assumptions  about  the  likelihood  of  future  events,  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  any  design  will 
succeed  in  achieving  its  stated  goals  under  all  potential  future  conditions.  Internal  controls  may  also  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Further, the design 
of a control system must reflect resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. As 
a result of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatement due to error or fraud may occur and not be 
detected. Accordingly, our internal controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance that 
the control objectives are met. 

Our geographic concentration ties our performance to the business, economic and regulatory conditions of certain states.  

The  following  states  accounted  for  67%  of  our  gross  written  premiums  for  2013:  Texas  (52%),  Louisiana  (5%),  Arizona  (4%), 
Oregon  (3%)  and  New  Mexico  (3%).  Our  revenues  and  profitability  are  subject  to  the  prevailing  regulatory,  legal,  economic, 
political, demographic, competitive, weather and other conditions in the principal states in which we do business. Changes in 
any of these conditions could make it less attractive for us to do business in such states and would have a more pronounced 
effect on us compared to companies that are more geographically diversified. In addition, our exposure to severe losses from 
localized  natural  perils,  such  as  windstorms  or  hailstorms,  is  increased  in  those  areas  where  we  have  written  significant 
numbers of property/casualty insurance policies. 

The exclusions and limitations in our policies may not be enforceable.  

Many  of  the  policies  we  issue  include  exclusions  or  other  conditions  that  define  and  limit  coverage,  which  exclusions  and 
conditions are designed to manage our exposure to certain types of risks and expanding theories of legal liability. In addition, 
many  of  our  policies  limit  the  period  during  which  a  policyholder  may  bring  a  claim  under  the  policy,  which  period  in  many 
cases is shorter than the statutory period under which these claims can be brought by our policyholders. While these exclusions 
and limitations help us assess and control our loss exposure, it is possible that a court or regulatory authority could nullify or 
void an exclusion or limitation, or legislation could be enacted modifying or barring the use of these exclusions and limitations. 
This could result in higher than anticipated losses and LAE by extending coverage beyond our underwriting intent or increasing 
the  number  or  size  of  claims,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  operating  results.  In  some  instances,  these 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
changes may not become apparent until sometime after we have issued the insurance policies that are affected by the changes. 
As a result, the full extent of liability under our insurance contracts may not be known for many years after a policy is issued. 

We rely on our information technology and telecommunications systems and the failure or disruption of these systems could 
disrupt our operations and adversely affect our results of operations.  

Our  business  is  highly  dependent  upon  the  successful  and  uninterrupted  functioning  of  our  information  technology  and 
telecommunications systems. We rely on these systems to process new and renewal business, provide customer service, make 
claims  payments  and  facilitate  collections  and  cancellations,  as  well  as  to  perform  actuarial  and  other  analytical  functions 
necessary for pricing and product development. Our  systems could fail of their own accord or might  be  disrupted by factors 
such  as  natural  disasters,  power  disruptions  or  surges,  computer  hackers  or  terrorist  attacks.  Failure  or  disruption  of  these 
systems for any reason could interrupt our business and adversely affect our results of operations. 

Cyber security risks in particular are evolving and include malicious software, unauthorized access to data and other electronic 
security breaches. We have not experienced cyber security attacks in the past and believe that we have adopted appropriate 
measures to mitigate  potential risks to our information technology systems. However, the timing, nature and scope of cyber 
security  attacks  are  difficult  to  predict  and  prevent.  Therefore,  we  could  be  subject  to  operational  delays,  compromised 
confidential  or  proprietary  information,  destruction  or  corruption  of  data,  manipulation  or  improper  use  of  our  systems  and 
networks, financial losses from remedial actions and/or damage to our reputation from cyber security attacks. A cyber security 
attack  on  our  information  technology  systems  could  disrupt  our  business  and  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and 
financial position. 

Global climate change may have an adverse effect on our financial statements. 

Although uncertainty remains as to the nature and effect of greenhouse gas emissions, we could suffer losses if global climate 
change  results  in  an  increase  in  the  frequency  and  severity  of  natural  disasters.  As  with  traditional  natural  disasters,  claims 
arising from these incidents could increase our exposure to losses and have a material adverse impact on our business, results 
of operations, and/or financial condition. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments. 

Not applicable 

Item 2. Properties. 

Our  corporate  headquarters  and  Standard  Commercial  P&C  business  unit  are  located  at  777  Main  Street,  Suite  1000,  Fort 
Worth, Texas. The suite is located in a high-rise office building and contains 27,808 square feet of space. The rent is currently 
$47,505 per month pursuant to a lease which expires June 30, 2022.  

Our Workers Compensation business unit is presently located at 11612 Bee Caves Road, Austin, Texas. The suite is located in a 
low-rise  office  building  and  contains  8,373  square  feet  of  space  of  which  1,037  square  feet  is  sub-leased.  The  gross  rent  is 
currently $17,269 per month pursuant to a lease which expires October 31, 2017. 

Our E&S Commercial business unit is presently located at 7550 IH-10 West, San Antonio, Texas. These leased premises consist 
of a 16,599 square foot office suite and 800 square feet of storage space. The rent is currently $32,632 per month pursuant to a 
lease that expires November 30, 2020.  

Our Hallmark Select business unit is located at 15280 Addison Road, Suites 250 and 260, Addison, Texas. The suites are located 
in a low-rise office building and contain an aggregate of 12,277 square feet of space. The rent is currently $14,834 per month 
pursuant  to  a  lease  that  expires  July  31,  2018.  Our  Hallmark  Select  business  unit  also  maintains  a  branch  office  in  Glendale, 
California. Rent on the suite is currently $2,500 per month pursuant to a lease which expires July 31, 2015. Our Hallmark Select 
business unit also maintains a small office in Chicago, Illinois, the fixed rent on which  is currently $8,265 per month  under a 
lease that expires April 30, 2017.  

Our Personal Lines business unit is located at 6500 Pinecrest, Suite 100, Plano, Texas. The suite is located in a one story office 
building  and  contains  23,941  square  feet  of  space.  The  rent  is  currently  $28,611  per  month  pursuant  to  a  lease  that  expires 
January 31, 2016.  

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 3. Legal Proceedings. 

In December 2010, HSU was informed by the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts that a surplus lines tax audit covering the 
period  January  1,  2007  through  December  31,  2009  was  complete.  HSU  frequently  acts  as  a  managing  general  underwriter 
(“MGU”) authorized to underwrite policies on behalf of Republic Vanguard Insurance Company and HSIC, both Texas  eligible 
surplus lines insurance carriers. In its role as the MGU, HSU underwrites policies on behalf of these carriers while other agencies 
located in Texas generally referred to as “producing agents” deliver the policies to the insureds and collect all premiums due 
from the insureds. During the period under audit, the producing agents also collected the surplus lines premium taxes due on 
the policies from the insureds, held them in trust, and timely remitted those taxes to the Comptroller. We believe this system 
for collecting and paying the required surplus lines premium taxes complies in all respects with the Texas Insurance Code and 
other regulations, which clearly require that the same party who delivers the policies and collects the premiums will also collect 
premium taxes,  hold  premium taxes  in trust, and pay premium  taxes to the Comptroller. It also complies with  long  standing 
industry practice. The Comptroller asserts that HSU is liable for the surplus lines premium taxes related to policy transactions 
and  premiums  collected  from  surplus  lines  insureds  during  the  audit  period  and  that  HSU  therefore  owes  $4.5  million  in 
premium taxes, as well as $0.9 million in penalties and interest for the audit period. 

We disagree with the Comptroller and intend to vigorously fight their assertion that HSU is liable for the surplus lines premium 
taxes.  During  the  past  year  we  have  been  engaged  in  conversations  with  the  Comptroller’s  counsel.  We  are  currently  in 
negotiations with the Comptroller to settle the matter.  However, we are presently unable to reasonably estimate the possible 
loss  or  legal  costs  that  are  likely  to  arise  out  of  the  surplus  lines  tax  audit  or  any  future  proceedings  relating  to  this  matter. 
Therefore we have not accrued any amount as of December 31, 2013 related to this matter. 

We  are  engaged  in  various  legal  proceedings  that  are  routine  in  nature  and  incidental  to  our  business.  None  of  these 
proceedings,  either  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  are  believed,  in  our  opinion,  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
consolidated financial position or our results of operations. 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures. 

Not applicable. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item  5.  Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of  Equity 
Securities. 

Market for Common Stock 
Our common stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “HALL.” The following table shows the 
high and low sales prices of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market for each quarter since January 1, 2012. 

Period 
Year Ended December 31, 2013: 
First quarter 
Second quarter 
Third quarter 
Fourth quarter 
Year Ended December 31, 2012: 
First quarter 
Second quarter 
Third quarter 
Fourth quarter 

Holders 

High Sale 

Low Sale 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

9.67 
9.40 
10.03 
9.52 

8.09 
8.30 
8.32 
9.71 

8.36 
8.03 
8.18 
8.05 

6.57 
6.95 
7.29 
6.71 

As of March 5, 2014, there were 1,866 shareholders of record of our common stock.  

Dividends 

Hallmark  has  never  paid  dividends  on  its  common  stock.  Our  board  of  directors  intends  to  continue  this  policy  for  the 
foreseeable future in order to retain earnings for development of our business. 

Hallmark is a holding company and a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. As a holding company, Hallmark is 
dependent on dividend payments and management fees from its subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other payments. State 
insurance  laws  limit  the  ability  of  our  insurance  company  subsidiaries  to  pay  dividends  to  Hallmark.  As  property/casualty 
insurance companies domiciled in the state of Texas, AHIC and TBIC are limited in the payment of dividends to Hallmark in any 
12-month  period,  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Texas  Department  of  Insurance,  to  the  greater  of  statutory  net 
income for the prior calendar year or 10% of statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the prior year end. HIC, domiciled in Arizona, 
is limited in the payment of dividends to the lesser of 10% of prior year policyholders surplus or prior year’s  net  investment 
income, without prior written approval from the Arizona Department of Insurance. HSIC, domiciled in Oklahoma, is limited in 
the payment of dividends to the greater of 10% of prior year policyholders’ surplus or prior year’s statutory net income, not 
including realized capital gains, without prior written approval from the Oklahoma Insurance Department. HNIC, domiciled in 
Ohio, is limited to the greater of 10% of statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the prior December 31 or statutory net income as 
of  the  prior  December  31,  without  prior  written  approval  from  the  Ohio  Insurance  Department.  For  all  our  insurance 
companies, dividends may only be paid from unassigned surplus funds. As a county mutual, dividends from HCM are payable to 
policyholders. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
     
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
   
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
   
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  shares  of  our  common  stock  authorized  for  issuance  under  our  equity 
compensation plans as of December 31, 2013. 

Plan Category 

Equity compensation plans approved by 

security holders 

Equity compensation plans not approved by 

security holders 

Total 

Number of securities 
to be issued upon 
exercise of outstanding 
options, warrants and 
rights 
(a) 

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
(b) 

Number of securities 
remaining available 
for future issuance 
under equity compensation 
plans [excluding securities 
reflected in column (a)](1) 
(c) 

1,387,489 

$ 

- 
1,387,489 

$ 

9.66 

- 
9.66 

241,401 

- 
241,401 

(1)  Securities  remaining  available  for  future  issuance  are  net  of  a  maximum  of  355,277  shares  of  common  stock  issuable 
pursuant to outstanding restricted stock units, subject to applicable vesting requirements and performance criteria.  See Note 
13 to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this report. 

Issuer Repurchases 

We did not repurchase any shares of our common stock during the fourth quarter of 2013.  

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
   
 
 
 
     
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
   
     
 
 
     
       
     
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
     
       
     
 
 
   
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Graph 

The following graph compares the five year cumulative total return provided shareholders on Hallmark’s common stock relative 
to  the  cumulative  total  returns  of  the  NASDAQ  Composite  Index,  the  NASDAQ  Insurance  Index,  and  the  S&P  Property  & 
Casualty  Insurance  Index.  An  investment  of  $100  (with  reinvestment  of  all  dividends)  is  assumed  to  have  been  made  in  our 
common stock and in each index on December 31, 2008 and its relative performance is tracked through December 31, 2013. 

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN* 
Among Hallmark Financial Services, Inc., the NASDAQ Composite Index,  
the S&P Property & Casualty Insurance Index, and the NASDAQ Insurance Index 

$300

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0

12/08

12/09

12/10

12/11

12/12

12/13

Hallmark Financial Services, Inc.

NASDAQ Composite

S&P Property & Casualty Insurance

NASDAQ Insurance

*$100 invested on 12/31/08 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends. 
Fiscal year ending December 31. 

Copyright© 2014 S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved. 

37 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data 

Statement of Operations Data: 
Gross premiums written 
Ceded premiums written 
Net premiums written 
Change in unearned premiums 
Net premiums earned 

Investment income, net of expenses 
Realized gains  
Finance charges 
Commission and fees 
Other income 

Total revenues 

Loss and loss adjustment expenses 
Other operating costs and expenses 
Interest expense 
Amortization of intangible assets 

Total expenses 

Income (loss) before tax 
Income tax expense (benefit)  
Net income (loss) 
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling 
interest 

Net income (loss) attributable to Hallmark 
Financial Services, Inc. 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to 
Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. common 
stockholders: 

Basic 

Diluted 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

2009 

(in thousands, except per share data) 

Year Ended December 31, 

$ 

$ 

460,027 
(99,262 ) 
360,765 
(224 ) 
360,541 

12,884 
10,540 
5,830 
(487 ) 
120 
389,428 

261,345 
109,289 
4,599 
3,115 
378,348 

11,080 
2,835 
8,245 

- 

$ 

389,842 
(57,353 ) 
332,489 
(13,053 ) 
319,436 

15,293 
1,943 
5,957 
(1,145 ) 
316 
341,800 

226,414 
103,792 
4,634 
3,586 
338,426 

3,374  
(474 ) 
3,848  

324  

354,881 
(51,005 ) 
303,876 
(10,835 ) 
293,041 

15,880 
3,633 
6,826 
3,175 
216 
322,771 

239,235 
95,106 
4,631 
3,586 
342,558 

(19,787 ) 
(8,954 ) 
(10,833 ) 

58 

$ 

320,973 
(39,332 ) 
281,641 
(3,370 ) 
278,271 

14,849 
8,402 
7,054 
(1,575 ) 
59 
307,060 

202,544 
87,882 
4,598 
3,665 
298,689 

8,371 
863 
7,508 

105 

$ 

287,558 
(25,818 ) 
261,740 
(10,668 ) 
251,072 

14,947 
3,032 
5,874 
12,011 
103 
287,039 

153,619 
92,233 
4,602 
3,328 
253,782 

33,257 
8,630 
24,627 

52 

8,245 

3,524  

(10,891 ) 

7,403 

24,575 

$ 

$ 

0.43 

0.43 

$ 

$ 

0.18  

0.18  

$ 

$ 

(0.55 ) 

(0.55 ) 

$ 

$ 

0.37 

0.37 

$ 

$ 

1.19 

1.19 

Balance Sheet Items: 
Total investments 
Total assets 
Reserves for unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses 
Unearned premiums 
Total liabilities 
Total stockholders' equity 

2013 
$  461,325 
$  909,023 
$  382,640 
$  185,303 
$  670,905 
$  238,118 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

As of December 31, 2013 
2011 

2010 

2012 

445,360 
790,468 
313,416 
162,502 
569,931 
220,537 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

424,628 
746,059 
296,945 
146,104 
529,203 
215,572 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

432,441 
736,557 
251,677 
140,965 
499,919 
235,278 

2009 
$  327,677 
$  628,869 
$  184,662 
$  125,089 
$  401,228 
$  226,517 

Book value per share 

$ 

12.36 

$ 

11.45 

$ 

11.19 

$ 

11.69 

$ 

11.26 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
 
  
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 

The  following  discussion  should  be  read  together  with  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  notes  thereto.  This 
discussion contains forward-looking statements. Please see “Risks Associated with Forward-Looking Statements in this Form 10-
K” for a discussion of some of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements. 

Overview 

Hallmark is an insurance holding company which, through its subsidiaries, engages in the sale of property/casualty insurance 
products to businesses and individuals. Our business involves marketing, distributing, underwriting and servicing our insurance 
products, as well as providing other insurance related services. We pursue our business activities primarily through subsidiaries 
whose operations are organized into business units and are supported by our insurance carrier subsidiaries. 

Our insurance activities are organized by business units into the following reportable segments: 

• 

• 

• 

Standard  Commercial  Segment.  The  Standard  Commercial  Segment  includes  the  standard  lines  commercial 
property/casualty  and  occupational  accident  insurance  products  and  services  handled  by  our  Standard  Commercial 
P&C  business  unit  and  the  workers  compensation  insurance  products  handled  by  our  Workers  Compensation 
business unit. Our Standard Commercial P&C business unit is comprised of our American Hallmark Insurance Services 
and ECM subsidiaries. Our Workers Compensation business unit is comprised of our TBIC Holdings, TBIC and TBICRM 
subsidiaries. The Workers Compensation business unit was acquired July 1, 2011. 

Specialty Commercial Segment. Our Specialty Commercial Segment includes the excess and surplus lines commercial 
property/casualty  insurance  products  and  services  handled  by  our  E&S  Commercial  business  unit  and  the  general 
aviation,  satellite  launch,  commercial  umbrella  and  excess  liability  and  medical  professional  liability  insurance 
products and services handled by our Hallmark Select business unit, as well as certain Specialty Programs which are 
managed  at  the  parent  level.  Our  E&S  Commercial  business  unit  is  comprised  of  our  HSU,  PAAC  and  TGASRI 
subsidiaries. Our Hallmark Select business unit is comprised of our Aerospace Insurance Managers, ASRI, ACMG, HXS 
and HDS subsidiaries.  

Personal  Segment.  The  Personal  Segment 
low  value 
dwelling/homeowners, renters, manufactured homes, motorcycle and business auto insurance products and services 
handled  by  our  Personal  Lines  business  unit  that  is  comprised  of  American  Hallmark  General  Agency,  Inc.  and 
Hallmark Claims Services, Inc., both of which do business as Hallmark Insurance Company.  

includes  the  non-standard  personal  automobile, 

The retained premium produced by these reportable segments is supported by our American Hallmark Insurance Company of 
Texas, Hallmark Specialty Insurance Company, Hallmark Insurance Company, Hallmark National Insurance Company and Texas 
Builders  Insurance  Company  insurance  subsidiaries.  In  addition,  control  and  management  of  Hallmark  County  Mutual  is 
maintained through our wholly owned subsidiary, CYR Insurance Management Company (“CYR”). CYR has as its primary asset a 
management  agreement  with  HCM  which  provides  for  CYR  to  have  management  and  control  of  HCM.  HCM  is  used  to  front 
certain lines of business in our Specialty Commercial and Personal Segments in Texas. HCM does not retain any business. 

AHIC, HIC, HSIC and HNIC have entered into a pooling arrangement pursuant to which AHIC retains 30% of the net premiums 
written by any of them, HIC retains 27% of the net premiums written by any of them, HSIC retains 30% of the net premiums 
written by any of them and HNIC retains 13% of the net premiums written by any of them. Neither HCM nor TBIC is a party to 
the intercompany pooling arrangement. 

Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments 

The significant accounting policies requiring our estimates and judgments are discussed below. Such estimates and judgments 
are  based  on  historical  experience,  changes  in  laws  and  regulations,  observance  of  industry  trends  and  information  received 
from  third  parties.  While  the  estimates  and  judgments  associated  with  the  application  of  these  accounting  policies  may  be 
affected  by  different  assumptions  or  conditions,  we  believe  the  estimates  and  judgments  associated  with  the  reported 
consolidated  financial  statement  amounts  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances.  For  additional  discussion  of  our  accounting 
policies, see Note 1 to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this report. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment of investments. We complete a detailed analysis each quarter to assess whether any decline in the fair value of any 
investment below cost is deemed other-than-temporary. All securities with an unrealized loss are reviewed. We recognize an 
impairment loss when an investment’s value declines below cost, adjusted for accretion, amortization and previous other-than-
temporary impairments and it is determined that the decline is other-than-temporary.  

Debt Investments: We assess whether we intend to  sell, or it is more likely than not that we will be required to  sell, a fixed 
maturity  investment  before  recovery  of  its  amortized  cost  basis  less  any  current  period  credit  losses.  For  fixed  maturity 
investments that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired and that we do not intend to sell and will not be required to 
sell, we separate the amount of the impairment into the amount that is credit related (credit loss component) and the amount 
due to all other factors. The credit loss component is recognized in  earnings and is the difference between the investment’s 
amortized  cost  basis  and  the  present  value  of  its  expected  future  cash  flows.  The  remaining  difference  between  the 
investment’s fair value and the present value of future expected cash flows is recognized in other comprehensive income. 

Equity  Investments:  Some  of  the  factors  considered  in  evaluating  whether  a  decline  in  fair  value  for  an  equity  investment  is 
other-than-temporary include: (1) our ability and intent to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for an 
anticipated recovery in value; (2) the recoverability of cost; (3) the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been 
less  than  cost;  and  (4)  the  financial  condition  and  near-term  and  long-term  prospects  for  the  issuer,  including  the  relevant 
industry  conditions  and  trends,  and  implications  of  rating  agency  actions  and  offering  prices.  When  it  is  determined  that  an 
equity  investment  is  other-than-temporarily  impaired,  the  security  is  written  down  to  fair  value,  and  the  amount  of  the 
impairment  is  included  in  earnings  as  a  realized  investment  loss.  The  fair  value  then  becomes  the  new  cost  basis  of  the 
investment,  and  any  subsequent  recoveries  in  fair  value  are  recognized  at  disposition.  We  recognize  a  realized  loss  when 
impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary even if a decision to sell an equity investment has not been made. When we 
decide  to  sell  a  temporarily  impaired  available-for-sale  equity  investment  and  we  do  not  expect  the  fair  value  of  the  equity 
investment to fully recover prior to the expected time of sale, the investment is deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired 
in the period in which the decision to sell is made. 

Fair values of financial instruments. Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820 defines fair value, establishes a consistent 
framework  for  measuring  fair  value  and  expands  disclosure  requirements  about  fair  value  measurements.  ASC  820,  among 
other  things,  requires  us  to  maximize  the  use  of  observable  inputs  and  minimize  the  use  of  unobservable  inputs  when 
measuring fair value. In addition, ASC 820 precludes the use of block discounts when measuring the fair value of instruments 
traded in an active market, which were previously applied to large holdings of publicly traded equity securities. 

We determine the fair value of our financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established in ASC 820. In accordance 
with ASC 820, we utilize the following fair value hierarchy: 

• 

• 

• 

Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets;  

Level 2: inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active 
markets, inputs of identical assets for less active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or 
liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the instrument; and 

Level 3: inputs to the valuation methodology that are unobservable for the asset or liability. 

This hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. 

Under ASC 820, we determine fair value based on the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in 
an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  on  the  measurement  date.  It  is  our  policy  to  maximize  the  use  of 
observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements, in accordance with 
the  fair  value  hierarchy  described  above.  Fair  value  measurements  for  assets  and  liabilities  where  there  exists  limited  or  no 
observable  market  data  are  calculated  based  upon  our  pricing  policy,  the  economic  and  competitive  environment,  the 
characteristics of the asset or liability and other factors as appropriate. These estimated fair values may not be realized upon 
actual sale or immediate settlement of the asset or liability. 

Where  quoted  prices  are  available  on  active  exchanges  for  identical  instruments,  investment  securities  are  classified  within 
Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 investment securities include common stock and preferred stock. 

Level  2  investment  securities  include  corporate  bonds,  collateralized  corporate  bank  loans,  municipal  bonds,  U.S.  Treasury 
securities, other obligations of the U.S. Government and mortgage-backed securities for which quoted prices are not available 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
on  active  exchanges  for  identical  instruments.  We  use  a  third  party  pricing  service  to  determine  fair  values  for  each  Level  2 
investment security in all asset classes. Since quoted prices in active markets for identical assets are not available, these prices 
are determined using observable market information such as quotes from less active markets and/or quoted prices of securities 
with  similar  characteristics,  among  other  things.  We  have  reviewed  the  processes  used  by  the  pricing  service  and  have 
determined  that  they  result  in  fair  values  consistent  with  the  requirements  of  ASC  820  for  Level  2  investment  securities.  In 
addition, using the prices received for the securities from the third party pricing services, we compare a sample of the prices 
against additional sources. We have not adjusted any prices received from third-party pricing sources. 

In cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, investment securities are classified 
within  Level  3  of  the  valuation  hierarchy.  Level  3  investments  are  valued  based  on  the  best  available  data  in  order  to 
approximate  fair  value.  This  data  may  be  internally  developed  and  consider  risk  premiums  that  a  market  participant  would 
require. Investment securities classified within Level 3 include other less liquid investment securities. 

Deferred policy acquisition costs. Policy acquisition costs (mainly commission, underwriting and marketing expenses) that vary 
with and are primarily related to the successful acquisition of new and renewal insurance contracts are deferred and charged to 
operations over periods in which the related premiums are earned. Ceding commissions from reinsurers, which include expense 
allowances, are deferred and recognized over the period premiums are earned for the underlying policies reinsured. 

The method followed in computing deferred policy acquisition costs limits the amount of such deferred costs to their estimated 
realizable value. A premium deficiency exists if the sum of expected claim costs and claim adjustment expenses, unamortized 
acquisition  costs,  and  maintenance  costs  exceeds  related  unearned  premiums  and  expected  investment  income  on  those 
unearned premiums, as computed on a product line basis. We routinely evaluate the realizability of deferred policy acquisition 
costs. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, there was no premium deficiency related to deferred policy acquisition costs. 

Goodwill.  Goodwill  is  tested  for  impairment  at  the  reporting  unit  level  (operating  segment  or  one  level  below  an  operating 
segment) on an annual basis (October 1) and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more 
likely  than  not  reduce  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  below  its  carrying  value.    For  purposes  of  evaluating  goodwill  for 
impairment,  we  have  determined  that  our  reporting  units  are  the  same  as  our  business  units  except  for  the  Hallmark  Select 
business unit for which reporting units are at the component level (“one level below”). Our consolidated balance sheet as of 
December 31, 2013 includes goodwill of acquired businesses of $44.7 million that is assigned to our business units as follows: 
Standard Commercial P&C business unit - $2.1 million; E&S Commercial business unit - $19.9 million; Hallmark Select business 
unit- $17.4 million (comprised of $7.7 million for the excess & umbrella component and $9.7 million for the general aviation 
and satellite component); and Personal Lines business unit - $5.3 million. This amount has been recorded as a result of prior 
business  acquisitions  accounted  for  under  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting.  Under  ASC  350,  “Intangibles-  Goodwill  and 
Other,” goodwill is tested for impairment annually. We completed our last annual test for impairment on the first day of the 
fourth quarter of 2013 and determined that there was no impairment.  

A  significant  amount  of  judgment  is  required  in  performing  goodwill  impairment  tests.  Such  tests  include  estimating  the  fair 
value  of  our  reporting  units.  As  required  by  ASC  350,  we  compare  the  estimated  fair  value  of  each  reporting  unit  with  its 
carrying amount, including goodwill. Under ASC 350, fair value refers to the amount for which the entire reporting unit may be 
bought or sold. 

The determination of fair value was based on an income approach utilizing discounted cash flows. The valuation methodology 
utilized  is  subject  to  key  judgments  and  assumptions.  Estimates  of  fair  value  are  inherently  uncertain  and  represent 
management’s  reasonable  expectation  regarding  future  developments.  These  estimates  and  the  judgments  and  assumptions 
upon  which  the  estimates  are  based  will,  in  all  likelihood,  differ  in  some  respects  from  actual  future  results.  Declines  in 
estimated fair value could result in goodwill impairments in future periods which could materially adversely affect our results of 
operations or financial position. 

The income approach to determining fair value computed the projections of the cash flows that the reporting unit is expected 
to  generate  converted  into  a  present  value  equivalent  through  discounting.  Significant  assumptions  in  the  income  approach 
model  include  income  projections,  discount  rates  and  terminal  growth  values.  The  income  projections  reflect  an  improved 
premium  pricing  environment  across  most  of  our  lines  of  business  that  began  in  2012  and  continued  throughout  2013.  The 
income  projections  also  include  loss  and  LAE  assumptions  which  reflect  recent  historical  claim  trends  and  the  movement 
towards  a  more  favorable  pricing  environment.  The  income  projections  also  include  assumptions  for  expense  growth  and 
investment yields which are based on business plans for each of our business units. The discount rate was based on a risk free 
rate plus a beta adjusted equity risk premium and specific company risk premium. The assumptions were based on historical 
experience,  expectations  of  future  performance,  expected  market  conditions  and  other  factors  requiring  judgment  and 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
estimates.  While  we  believe  the  assumptions  used  in  these  models  were  reasonable,  the  inherent  uncertainty  in  predicting 
future performance and market conditions may change over time and influence the outcome of future testing. 

The fair values of each of our business units were in excess of their respective carrying values, including goodwill, as a result of 
our  annual  test  for  impairment  during  the  fourth  quarter  2013.  However,  a  18%  decline  in  the  fair  value  of  our  Standard 
Commercial P&C business  unit,  a 11% decline in the fair value of our E&S Commercial business  unit, a 6% decline in the fair 
value of our Personal Lines business unit, a 53% decline in the fair value of our excess & umbrella component or a 11% decline 
in  the  fair  value  of  our  general  aviation  and  satellite  component  would  have  caused  the  carrying  value  of  the  respective 
reporting unit to be in excess of its fair value, resulting in the need to perform the second step of impairment testing prescribed 
by ASC 350, which could have resulted in an impairment to our goodwill. 

The  market  capitalization  of  Hallmark’s  common  stock  has  been  below  book  value  during  2013.  We  consider  our  market 
capitalization in assessing the reasonableness of the fair values estimated for our business units in connection with our goodwill 
impairment testing. We believe the current market displacement caused by global financial market conditions, as well as the 
limited daily trading volume of Hallmark shares has resulted in a decrease in our market capitalization that is not representative 
of a long-term decrease in value. The valuation analysis discussed above supports our view that goodwill was not impaired at 
October 1, 2013. Through December 31, 2013, there were no indicators of impairment. 

While  we  believe  the  estimates  and  assumptions  used  in  determining  the  fair  value  of  our  business  units  were  reasonable, 
actual  results  could  vary  materially.  If  our  actual  results  are  not  consistent  with  our  estimates  and  assumptions  used  to 
calculate  fair  value,  we  may  be  required  to  perform  the  second  step  of  impairment  testing  prescribed  by  ASC  350  in  future 
periods  and  impairment  of  goodwill  could  result.  We  cannot  predict  future  events  that  might  impact  the  fair  value  of  our 
business  units  and  goodwill  impairment.  Such  events  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  increased  competition  in  insurance 
markets and global economic changes. 

Deferred  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities.  We  file  a  consolidated  federal  income  tax  return.  Deferred  federal  income  taxes 
reflect the future tax consequences of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities  and their financial reporting 
amounts  at  each  year  end.  Deferred  taxes  are  recognized  using  the  liability  method,  whereby  tax  rates  are  applied  to 
cumulative temporary differences based on when and how they are expected to affect the tax return. Deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are adjusted for tax rate changes. A valuation allowance is provided against our deferred tax assets to the extent that 
we do not believe it is more likely than not that future taxable income will be adequate to realize these future tax benefits. 

Reserves  for  unpaid  losses  and  LAE.  Reserves  for  unpaid  losses  and  LAE  are  established  for  claims  that  have  already  been 
incurred by the policyholder but which we have not yet paid. Unpaid losses and LAE represent the estimated ultimate net cost 
of  all  reported  and  unreported  losses  incurred  through  each  balance  sheet  date.  The  reserves  for  unpaid  losses  and  LAE  are 
estimated using individual case-basis valuations and statistical analyses. These reserves are revised periodically and are subject 
to the effects of trends in loss severity and frequency. (See “Item 1. Business – Analysis of Losses and LAE” and “-Analysis of 
Loss and LAE Reserve Development.”) 

Although  considerable  variability  is  inherent  in  such  estimates,  we  believe  that  our  reserves  for  unpaid  losses  and  LAE  are 
adequate. Due to the inherent uncertainty in estimating unpaid losses and LAE, the actual ultimate amounts may differ from 
the  recorded  amounts.  A  small  percentage  change  could  result  in  a  material  effect  on  reported  earnings.  For  example,  a  1% 
change  in  December  31,  2013  reserves  for  unpaid  losses  and  LAE  would  have  produced  a  $3.8  million  change  to  pretax 
earnings.  The  estimates  are  continually  reviewed  and  adjusted  as  experience  develops  or  new  information  becomes  known. 
Such adjustments are included in current operations. 

An actuarial range of ultimate unpaid losses and LAE is developed independent of management’s best estimate and is only used 
to assess the reasonableness of that estimate. There is no exclusive method for determining this range, and judgment enters 
into the process. The primary actuarial technique utilized is a loss development analysis in which ultimate losses are projected 
based  upon  historical  development  patterns.  The  primary  assumption  underlying  this  loss  development  analysis  is  that  the 
historical development patterns will be a reasonable predictor of the future development of losses for accident years which are 
less  mature.  An  alternate  actuarial  technique,  known  as  the  Bornhuetter-Ferguson  method,  combines  an  analysis  of  loss 
development patterns with an initial estimate of expected losses or loss ratios. This approach is most useful for recent accident 
years. In addition to assuming the stability of loss development patterns, this technique is heavily dependent on the accuracy of 
the  initial  estimate  of  expected  losses  or  loss  ratios.  Consequently,  the  Bornhuetter-Ferguson  method  is  primarily  used  to 
confirm the results derived from the loss development analysis. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The range of unpaid losses and LAE estimated by our actuary as of December 31, 2013 was $337.7 million to $388.6 million. Our 
best estimate of unpaid losses and LAE as of December 31, 2013 is $382.6 million. Our carried reserve for unpaid losses and LAE 
as  of  December  31,  2013  is  comprised  of  $189.2  million  in  case  reserves  and  $193.4  million  in  incurred  but  not  reported 
reserves. In setting this estimate of unpaid losses and LAE, we have assumed, among other things, that current trends in loss 
frequency and severity will continue and that the actuarial analysis was empirically valid. We have established a best estimate 
of  unpaid  losses  and  LAE,  which  is  approximately  $19.5  million  higher  than  the  midpoint  or  98.5%  of  the  high  end  of  the 
actuarial  range  at  December  31,  2013  as  compared  to  $18.7  million  above  the  midpoint  or  97.1%  of  the  high  end  of  the 
actuarial range at December 31, 2012. We expect our best estimate to move within the actuarial range from year to year due to 
changes in our operations and changes within the marketplace. Due to the inherent uncertainty in reserve estimates, there can 
be  no  assurance  that  the  actual  losses  ultimately  experienced  will  fall  within  the  actuarial  range.  However,  because  of  the 
breadth of the actuarial range, we believe that it is reasonably likely that actual losses will fall within such range. 

Our  reserve  requirements  are  also  interrelated  with  product  pricing  and  profitability.  We  must  price  our  products  at  a  level 
sufficient  to  fund  our  policyholder  benefits  and  still  remain  profitable.  Because  claim  expenses  represent  the  single  largest 
category of our expenses, inaccuracies in the assumptions used to estimate the amount of such benefits can result in our failing 
to price our products appropriately and to generate sufficient premiums to fund our operations. 

Recognition  of  profit  sharing  commissions.  Profit  sharing  commission  is  calculated  and  recognized  when  the  loss  ratio,  as 
determined  by  a  qualified  actuary,  deviates  from  contractual  targets.  We  receive  a  provisional  commission  as  policies  are 
produced as an advance against the later determination of the  profit sharing commission actually earned. The  profit sharing 
commission is an estimate that varies with the estimated loss ratio and is sensitive to changes in that estimate. 

The following table details the profit sharing commission revenue sensitivity of the Standard Commercial P&C business unit to 
the actual ultimate loss ratio for each effective quota  share treaty at 5.0% above and  below the current estimate, which we 
believe is a reasonably likely range of variance ($ in thousands). 

7/1/01 

7/1/02 

7/1/03 

7/1/04 

Treaty Effective Dates 

Provisional loss ratio 
Estimated ultimate loss ratio recorded at December 
31, 2013 
Effect of actual 5.0% above estimated loss ratio at 
December 31, 2013 
Effect of actual 5.0% below estimated loss ratio at 
December 31, 2013 

60.0 % 

63.5 % 

- 

59.0 % 

64.5 % 

- 

$ 

1,850 

$ 

3,055 

59.0 % 

60.9 % 

64.2 % 

63.7 % 

$ 

$ 

(3,360 ) 

2,667 

$ 

$ 

(3,790 ) 

3,790 

The following table details the profit sharing commission revenue sensitivity of the E&S Commercial business unit for each 
effective quota share treaty at 5.0% above and below the current estimate, which we believe is a reasonably likely range of 
variance ($ in thousands). 

1/1/06 

Treaty Effective Dates 
1/1/07 

1/1/08 

Provisional loss ratio 
Estimated ultimate loss ratio recorded at December 31, 2013 
Effect of actual 5.0% above estimated loss ratio at December 
31, 2013 
Effect of actual 5.0% below estimated loss ratio at December 
31, 2013 

65.0 % 
58.6 % 

$ 

$ 

(3,096 ) 

2,854 

$ 

$ 

65.0 % 
63.2 % 

(860 ) 

2,351 

65.0 % 
59.0 % 

$ 

$ 

(1,618 ) 

1,626 

Results of Operations 

Comparison of Years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 

Management  overview.  During  fiscal  2013,  our  total  revenues  were  $389.4  million,  representing  an  approximately  14% 
increase over the $341.8 million in total revenues for fiscal 2012. The growth in revenue was primarily attributable to increased 
premium production and resulting earned premium driven largely from our Specialty Commercial Segment and our Standard 
Commercial  Segment.  Further  contributing  to  the  increase  in  revenue  were  higher  net  realized  gains  on  our  investment 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
portfolio  and  a  lower  adverse  profit  share  commission  revenue  adjustment  in  our  Standard  Commercial  Segment.  These 
increases  in  revenue  were  partially  offset  by  lower  net  investment  income  and  lower  year  to  date  earned  premium  in  our 
Personal Segment due mostly to the impact of discontinued products and a reduction of premium written in underperforming 
states. 

The increase in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 was accompanied by increased loss and LAE of $34.9 million as 
compared  to  the  same  period  of  2012.    During  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2013  we  recorded  $10.0  million  of 
unfavorable  prior  year  loss  development.    During  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2012 we  recorded  $3.7  million  of 
favorable prior year loss  development.  The increase in loss and LAE occurred despite a $1.5 million decrease in catastrophe 
losses  to  $10.2  million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  from  $11.7  million  reported  for  the  same  period  of  2012.  
Other operating expenses also increased due mostly to increased production related expenses in our E&S Commercial business 
unit. 

We reported net income of $8.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to net income of $3.5 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2012. On a diluted per share basis, net income attributable to Hallmark was $0.43 per share for 
fiscal 2013 as compared to net income of $0.18 per share for fiscal 2012. 

Segment information  

The following is additional business segment information for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 2013 

Standard 
Commercial 
Segment 

Specialty 
Commercial 
Segment 

Personal 
Segment 

Corporate 

Consolidated 

Gross premiums written 
Ceded premiums written 
Net premiums written 
Change in unearned premiums 
Net premiums earned 

  2013 
$ 87,147 
(7,681 ) 
79,466 
(1,290 ) 
78,176 

  2012 
$  77,091  

  2013 
 $ 296,108  

(7,000 )     (60,453 )        (49,642 ) 
      186,053  
   235,655  
  70,091  
        (936 )     (17,090 )        (17,223 ) 
      168,830  
   218,565  
  69,155  

  2013 

     2012 
    $ 235,695   $  76,772 
(31,128 ) 
45,644 
18,156 
63,800 

  2012 
 $ 

  2012 
$  77,056   $ 

2013 

(711 )   

  76,345  
5,106 
  81,451  

-  
- 
-  
- 
-  

2013 
-   $ 460,027  
- 
-  
- 
-  

  2012 
 $ 389,842  
  (99,262 )     (57,353 ) 
   332,489  
  360,765  
(224 )     (13,053 ) 
   319,436  

  360,541  

Total revenues 

83,306 

  73,119  

   229,734  

      178,917  

71,081 

  89,149  

5,307  

615  

  389,428  

   341,800  

Losses and loss adjustment 
expenses 

Pre-tax income (loss), net of  
non-controlling interest 

56,143 

  52,828  

   152,546  

103,980 

52,656 

  69,606  

-  

-  

  261,345  

   226,414  

1,980 

(2,486 )     19,527  

25,932 

(3,416 ) 

(8,535 )   

(7,011 )     (11,861 )    11,080  

3,050  

Net loss ratio (1) 
Net expense ratio (1) 
Net combined ratio (1) 

71.8 % 
32.2 % 
104.0 % 

76.4 %   
33.2 %   
109.6 %   

69.8 %      
26.6 %      
96.4 %      

61.6 % 
28.3 % 
89.9 % 

82.5 % 
26.7 % 
109.2 % 

85.5 %    
28.5 %    
114.0 %    

72.5 %   
29.2 %   
101.7 %   

70.9 % 
30.8 % 
101.7 % 

Favorable (Unfavorable) Prior 
Year Development 

   5,235  

3,744 

   (13,381 ) 

3,577  

(1,808 )   

(3,646 )   

-  

- 

(9,954 )    

3,675  

 1 

The net loss ratio is calculated as incurred losses and LAE divided by net premiums earned, each determined in accordance 
with  GAAP.  The  net  expense  ratio  is  calculated  for  our  business  units  that  retain  100%  of  produced  premium  as  total 
operating  expenses  for  the  unit  offset  by  agency  fee  income,  divided  by  net  premiums  earned,  each  determined  in 
accordance with GAAP. For the business units that do not retain 100% of the produced premium, the net expense ratio is 
calculated  as  underwriting  expenses  of  the  insurance  company  subsidiaries  for  the  unit  offset  by  agency  fee  income, 
divided by net premiums earned, each determined in accordance with GAAP. Net combined ratio is calculated as the sum 
of the net loss ratio and the net expense ratio. 

44 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
 
  
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
    
 
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
    
      
         
     
      
     
      
     
      
 
  
 
     
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Standard Commercial Segment.  

Gross  premiums  written  for  the  Standard  Commercial  Segment  were  $87.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013, 
which  was  $10.0  million,  or  approximately  13%,  more  than  the  $77.1  million  reported  for  the  same  period  in  2012.  Net 
premiums  written  were  $79.5  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  as  compared  to  $70.1  million  reported  for  the 
same  period  in  2012.  The  increase  in  premium  volume  was  primarily  due  to  increased  premium  production  in  both  our 
Standard Commercial P&C and Workers Compensation business units.  

Total revenue for the Standard Commercial Segment of $83.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $10.2 million 
more than the $73.1 million reported during the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase in total revenue was the result 
of  increased  net  earned  premiums  of  $9.0  million,  higher  net  investment  income  of  $0.1  million  and  a  $1.1  million  lower 
adverse  profit  share  commission  revenue  adjustment  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  as  compared  to  the  same 
period during 2012.   

Our  Standard  Commercial  Segment  reported  pre-tax  income  was  $2.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  as 
compared to a pre-tax loss of $2.5 million for the same period of 2012. The increased revenue discussed above was the primary 
driver of the increased pre-tax income for the year ended December 31, 2013, partially offset by higher loss and LAE of $3.3 
million  and  higher  operating  expenses  of  $2.4  million  consisting  primarily  of  higher  production  related  expenses  due  to 
increased premium production. 

The net loss ratio for the year ended December 31, 2013 was 71.8% as compared to the 76.4% reported for 2012. The gross loss 
ratio before reinsurance was 67.8% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 74.8% for the prior year. The lower 
gross and net loss ratios for the year ended December 31, 2013 were aided by lower catastrophe losses coupled with increased 
favorable prior year loss reserve development. The net loss ratios for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 included 
catastrophe  losses  of  $6.0  million  and  $9.5  million,  respectively.  During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012,  the 
Standard Commercial Segment reported favorable loss reserve development of $5.2 million and $3.7 million, respectively.  The 
Standard Commercial Segment reported a net expense ratio of 32.2% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 
33.2%  reported  for  the  same  period  the  prior  year.    The  decrease  in  net  expense  ratio  was  due  primarily  to  the  increased 
premium volume. 

Specialty Commercial Segment.  

Gross  premiums  written  for  the  Specialty  Commercial  Segment  were  $296.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013, 
which was $60.4 million, or 26%, more than the $235.7 million reported for the same period in  2012. Net premiums written 
were  $235.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  as  compared  to  $186.1  million  reported  for  the  same  period  in 
2012. The increase in premium volume was due to increased premium production in both our E&S Commercial and Hallmark 
Select business units. 

The $229.7 million of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $50.8 million  higher  than  the $178.9 million 
reported for 2012. This 28% increase in revenue was due to higher net premiums earned of $49.7 million due predominately to 
increased  production  discussed  above.  Further  contributing  to  this  increased  revenue  was  higher  net  investment  income  of 
$1.6 million partially offset by lower profit share commission revenue adjustment of $0.5 million for the year ended December 
31, 2013 as compared to the same period of 2012.  

Pre-tax income for the Specialty Commercial Segment of $19.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $6.4 million 
lower than the $25.9 million reported for the same period in 2012. The decrease in pre-tax income was primarily due to higher 
loss and LAE expenses of $48.6 million and higher operating expenses of $9.4 million, partially offset by lower amortization of 
intangible assets of $0.5 million, lower non-controlling interest of $0.3 million and the increased revenue discussed above. Our 
E&S Commercial business unit reported a $45.7 million increase in loss and LAE due primarily to increased premium volume and 
$16.0 million of unfavorable prior year loss reserve development as compared to $0.3 million of favorable development during 
the same period of 2012. In addition, our Hallmark Select business unit reported a $2.9 million increase in loss and LAE which 
consisted of (a) a $1.4 million increase in loss and LAE due to increased premium production in our commercial umbrella and 
excess liability line of business, (b) a $2.5 million increase in loss and LAE primarily due to large loss volatility in our aircraft hull 
coverage during fiscal 2013, (c) a $0.3 million increase in loss and LAE attributable to our medical professional liability insurance 
products and (d) a $1.3 million decrease in loss and LAE in our satellite insurance products due primarily to decreased premium 
volume  as  well  as  lower  current  accident  year  loss  trends.  The  increase  in  operating  expense  was  the  combined  result  of 
increased production related expenses of $8.7 million, higher salary and related expenses of $0.4 million, higher professional 
service fees of $0.5 million partially offset by lower other operating expenses of $0.2 million. 

45 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
The Specialty Commercial Segment reported a net loss ratio of 69.8% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 
61.6% for the same period during 2012. The gross loss ratio before reinsurance was 68.5% for the year ended December 31, 
2013  as  compared  to  61.1%  for  the  same  period  in  2012.  The  higher  gross  and  net  loss  ratio  included  $13.4  million  of 
unfavorable  prior  year  loss  reserve  development  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  as  compared  to  $3.6  million  of 
favorable prior year loss reserve development for the same period during 2012. The Specialty Commercial Segment reported a 
net expense ratio of 26.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 28.3% reported for the same period the prior 
year. The decrease in the net expense ratio was due primarily to increased net premium volume. 

Personal Segment.  

Gross premiums written for the Personal Segment were $76.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, which was $0.3 
million less than the $77.1 million reported for the same period in 2012. Net premiums written for our Personal Segment were 
$45.6  million  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  which  was  a  decrease  of  $30.7  million,  or  40%,  from  the  $76.3  million 
reported for the same period of 2012. The decrease in net premium written was due mostly to exiting certain underperforming 
states  and  programs  and  quota  share  reinsurance  contracts  entered  into  during  the  first  quarter  of  2013  on  our  low  value 
dwelling/homeowners, renters, and manufactured homes lines of business and during the fourth quarter of 2013 on our non- 
standard automobile risks produced in certain states. 

Total  revenue  for  the  Personal  Segment  decreased  20%  to  $71.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  from  $89.1 
million the prior year. Lower net premiums earned of $17.7 million and lower net investment income of $0.4 million, partially 
offset by higher other income of $0.1 million, were the primary reason for the decrease in revenue for the period. 

Our Personal Segment reported a pre-tax loss of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to a pre-tax 
loss of $8.5 million for the same period of 2012. The lower pre-tax loss was the result of lower losses and LAE of $16.9 million 
and lower operating expenses of $6.2 million, primarily due to lower production related expenses driven by increased ceding 
commission on the quota share agreements entered into during 2013. The decline in pre-tax loss was partially offset by lower 
revenue discussed above.  

The Personal Segment reported a net loss ratio of 82.5% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 85.5% for 2012. 
The gross loss ratio before reinsurance was 80.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 85.6% for the same 
period in 2012. The lower gross and net loss ratio were primarily the result of lower current accident year loss trends as well as 
lower unfavorable prior year loss reserve development for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the same period 
of  2012.  Loss  and  LAE  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012  included  unfavorable  prior  years’  loss  reserve 
development of $1.8 million and $3.6 million, respectively. The Personal Segment reported a net expense ratio of 26.7% for the 
year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 28.5% for the same period of 2012. The decrease in the expense ratio was due 
predominately to lower production related expenses.  

Corporate.  

Total revenue for Corporate was $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $0.6 million for the same 
period of 2012. Net realized gains recognized on our investment portfolio were $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 
2013 as compared to $1.9 million during the same period during 2012. Net investment income decreased $3.7 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the same period during 2012.  Other income decreased $0.2 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the same period during 2012. 

Corporate pre-tax loss was $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to a $11.9 million pre-tax loss for 
the same period the prior year. The decrease in pre-tax loss was the result of the increased revenue discussed above and lower 
operating  expenses  of  $0.2  million  due  primarily  to  lower  salary  and  related  expenses  during  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2013 as compared to the same period the prior year. 

Comparison of Years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 

Management overview. During fiscal 2012, our total revenues were $341.8 million, representing an approximately 6% increase 
over  the  $322.8  million  in  total  revenues  for  fiscal  2011.  The  growth  in  revenue  was  primarily  attributable  to  increased 
premium  production  and  resulting  earned  premium  driven  largely  from  our  E&S  Commercial  business  unit  and  from  the 
acquisition of our Workers Compensation business unit during the third quarter of 2011. The increase in revenue was partially 
offset  by  an  adverse  profit  share  commission  revenue  adjustment  in  our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  business  unit,  combined 

46 

 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
with lower finance charges and earned premium in our Personal Segment due mostly to the impact of a reduction of premium 
written in underperforming states and products exited over the past twelve months. Further offsetting the increase in revenue 
was lower net realized gains for the period ended December 31, 2012. 

The increase in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 was complemented by decreased loss and LAE due primarily to 
improved current accident year loss trends in our Standard Commercial P&C business unit and Personal Lines business unit as 
well as $3.7 million of favorable prior year loss reserve development for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 
$16.4 million of adverse reserve development recognized during the prior year. Of the $16.4 million unfavorable development 
recognized for the year ended December 31, 2011, $10.3 million was a result of adverse prior year loss reserve development in 
our  Personal  Segment  in  Florida.  In  addition,  the  results  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2012  and  2011  included  $11.7 
million and $10.3 million, respectively, in current accident year net losses from weather related claims. 

 We reported net income attributable to Hallmark of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to a net 
loss of $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. On a diluted per share basis, net income attributable to Hallmark 
was $0.18 per share for fiscal 2012 as compared to a net loss of $0.55 per share for fiscal 2011. 

Segment information.  

The following is additional business segment information for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 2012 

Standard 
Commercial 
Segment 

Specialty 
Commercial 
Segment 

Personal 
Segment 

Corporate 

Consolidated 

Gross premiums written 
Ceded premiums written 
Net premiums written 
Change in unearned premiums 
Net premiums earned 

  2012 
$ 77,091 
(7,000 ) 
70,091 
(936 ) 
69,155 

  2011 
$  69,420  

  2012 
 $ 235,695  

     2011 
    $ 185,020 
  (5,476 )     (49,642 )        (40,743 ) 
   186,053  
  63,944  
      144,277 
   (17,223 )         (8,784 ) 
642 
      135,493 
   168,830  
  64,586  

2012 

  2012 
 $  77,056 
(711 ) 
76,345 
5,106 
81,451 

  2011 
$ 100,441   $ 
  (4,786 ) 
  95,655  
  (2,693 ) 
  92,962  

    2011 
-    $ 
- 
-      
- 
-      

2012 
-   $ 389,842  
- 
-  
- 
-  

  2011 
 $ 354,881  
 (57,353 )      (51,005 ) 
 332,489  
   303,876  
 (13,053 )      (10,835 ) 
   293,041  
 319,436  

Total revenues 

73,119 

  72,830  

   178,917  

      142,838 

89,149 

 101,351  

615       5,752  

 341,800  

   322,771  

Losses and loss adjustment 
expenses 

Pre-tax income (loss), net of  
non-controlling interest  

52,828 

  50,940  

   103,980  

87,265 

69,606 

 101,030  

-      

-  

 226,414  

   239,235  

(2,486 ) 

  1,335  

    25,932  

14,348 

(8,535 ) 

 (29,647 ) 

 (11,861 )      (5,881 ) 

  3,050  

    (19,845 ) 

Net loss ratio (1) 
Net expense ratio (1) 

Net combined ratio (1) 

76.4 % 
33.2 % 
109.6 % 

78.9 %    
32.3 %    
  111.2 %    

61.6 %       
28.3 %       
89.9 %       

64.4 % 
29.6 % 
94.0 % 

85.5 % 
28.5 % 
114.0 % 

  108.7 %   
25.8 %   
  134.5 %   

70.9 %    
30.8 %    

81.6 % 
30.8 % 
    101.7 %     112.4 % 

Favorable (Unfavorable) Prior 
Year Development 

   3,744 

848 

     3,577 

        2,436 

    (3,646 )     (19,650 )   

-  

-  

  3,675 

     (16,366 ) 

 1 

The net loss ratio is calculated as incurred losses and LAE divided by net premiums earned, each determined in accordance 
with  GAAP.  The  net  expense  ratio  is  calculated  for  our  business  units  that  retain  100%  of  produced  premium  as  total 
operating  expenses  for  the  unit  offset  by  agency  fee  income,  divided  by  net  premiums  earned,  each  determined  in 
accordance with GAAP. For the business units that do not retain 100% of the produced premium, the net expense ratio is 
calculated  as  underwriting  expenses  of  the  insurance  company  subsidiaries  for  the  unit  offset  by  agency  fee  income, 
divided by net premiums earned, each determined in accordance with GAAP. Net combined ratio is calculated as the sum 
of the net loss ratio and the net expense ratio. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
 
      
  
 
  
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
  
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
   
 
  
   
  
      
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
      
  
 
  
   
  
  
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
   
 
  
   
  
      
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
      
  
 
  
   
  
  
   
      
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
   
 
  
   
  
      
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
      
  
 
  
   
  
  
 
      
   
 
 
    
   
 
  
   
  
      
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
      
  
 
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
       
 
   
 
    
 
   
      
 
   
 
    
 
 
    
   
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
Standard Commercial Segment.  

Gross  premiums  written  for  the  Standard  Commercial  Segment  were  $77.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012, 
which  was  $7.7  million,  or  approximately  11%,  more  than  the  $69.4  million  reported  for  the  same  period  in  2011.  Net 
premiums  written  were  $70.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012  as  compared  to  $63.9  million  reported  for  the 
same  period  in  2011.  The  increase  in  gross  premium  volume  was  due  predominately  to  the  acquisition  of  our  Workers 
Compensation business unit during the third quarter of 2011. 

Total revenue for the Standard Commercial Segment of $73.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $0.3 million 
more than the $72.8 million reported during the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase in total revenue was the result 
of increased net earned premiums of $4.6 million due primarily to the acquisition of our Workers Compensation business unit 
during the third quarter of 2011 and higher net investment income of $0.9 million. This increase in revenue was partially offset 
by  an  adverse  profit  share  commission  revenue  adjustment  of  $1.5  million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012  as 
compared to a favorable profit share commission revenue adjustment of $3.7 million during the same period of 2011. 

Our Standard Commercial Segment reported a pre-tax loss of $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared 
to pre-tax income of $1.3 million for the same period of 2011. Higher operating expenses of $2.2 million primarily due to the 
acquisition of our Workers Compensation business unit during the third quarter of 2011 and higher loss and LAE of $1.9 million 
contributed to this increase in pre-tax loss for the year ended December 31, 2012. Partially offsetting this increase in pre-tax 
loss was the increased revenue discussed above. 

The net loss ratio for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 76.4% as compared to the 78.9% reported for 2011. The gross loss 
ratio before reinsurance was 74.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 77.4% for the prior year. The lower 
gross and net loss ratios for the year ended December 31, 2012 were aided by lower current accident year loss trends excluding 
catastrophe losses. The net loss ratios for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 include $9.5 million and $7.7 million, 
respectively,  of  weather  related  losses.  During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2012  and  2011  the  Standard  Commercial 
Segment reported $3.7 million and $0.8 million, respectively, of favorable prior years’ loss reserve development. 

Specialty Commercial Segment.  

Gross  premiums  written  for  the  Specialty  Commercial  Segment  were  $235.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012, 
which was $50.7 million, or 27%, more than the $185.0 million reported for the same period in  2011. Net premiums written 
were  $186.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012  as  compared  to  $144.3  million  reported  for  the  same  period  in 
2011. The increase in premium  volume was primarily due to increased  premium production in our E&S Commercial business 
unit and Hallmark Select business units. 

 The $178.9 million of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $36.1 million higher than the $142.8 million 
reported for 2011. This 25% increase in revenue was due to higher net premiums earned of $33.3 million due predominately to 
increased  production  discussed  above.  Further  contributing  to  this  increased  revenue  was  higher  net  investment  income  of 
$2.0 million and an adverse profit share commission revenue adjustment of $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. 

Pre-tax income for the Specialty Commercial Segment of $25.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $11.6 million 
higher than the $14.3 million reported for the same period in 2011. The increase in pre-tax income was primarily due to the 
increased revenue discussed above partially offset by higher loss and LAE expenses of $16.7 million, higher operating expenses 
of  $7.6  million  and  $0.3  million  in  expense  related  to  the  acquisition  of  the  non-controlling  interest  in  our  Hallmark  Select 
business unit during the third quarter of 2012. Our E&S Commercial business unit reported a $11.8 million increase in loss and 
LAE due primarily to increased premium volume partially offset by lower accident year loss trends. Our Hallmark Select business 
reported a $4.9 million increase in loss and LAE which consisted of (a) a $0.8 million increase in loss and LAE due to increased 
premium production in our commercial umbrella and excess liability line of business, (b) a $1.7 million increase in loss and LAE 
primarily due to increased current accident year loss trends in our general aviation line of business, (c) a $1.6 million increase in 
loss  and  LAE  in  our  satellite  insurance  business  due  primarily  to  increased  current  accident  year  loss  trends  and  (d)  a  $0.8 
million  increase  in  loss  and  LAE  in  our  medical  professional  liability  insurance  products.  The  increased  operating  expenses 
during  2012  were  primarily  the  result  of  increased  production  related  expenses  of  $6.6  million,  higher  salary  and  related 
expense of $1.1 million and higher other operating expenses of $0.2 million, partially offset by lower professional service fees 
of $0.3 million. 

The Specialty Commercial Segment reported a net loss ratio of 61.6% for 2012 as compared to 64.4% for 2011. The lower net 
loss ratio was due primarily to overall lower current accident year loss trends and favorable prior year development for the year 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ended December 31, 2012 of $3.6 million as compared to $2.4 million favorable prior year development for the same period of 
2011. 

Personal Segment.  

Gross premiums written for the Personal Segment were $77.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, which was $23.3 
million, or 23%, less than the $100.4 million reported for the same period in 2011. The decrease in premium was due mostly to 
exiting Florida and certain other underperforming states and programs.  

Total revenue for the Personal Segment decreased 12% to $89.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $101.4 
million  the  prior  year.  Lower  earned  premium  of  $11.5  million  and  lower  finance  charges  of  $0.7  million  were  the  primary 
reason for the decrease in revenue for the period. 

Our Personal Segment reported a pre-tax loss of $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to a pre-tax 
loss of $29.6 million for the same period of 2011. The lower pre-tax loss was the result of lower losses and LAE of $31.4 million 
and lower operating expenses of $1.8 million, primarily production related expenses. The decline in pre-tax loss was partially 
offset by lower revenue discussed above.  

The Personal  Segment reported  a net loss ratio of 85.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 108.7% for 
2011.  The  decrease  in  the  net  loss  ratio  was  primarily  due  to  normalizing  claims  experience  during  2012  as  compared  to 
extremely adverse claims development during 2011 due to rapid growth in the Florida claim volume and the complexity related 
to Florida personal injury protection claims. The loss ratio for the year ended December 31, 2012 included improving current 
accident year loss trends in our non-standard auto line of business partially offset by increased weather and fire related losses 
in our low value dwelling/homeowners line of business. The loss and LAE during the year ended December 31, 2012 included 
$3.6 million of adverse prior year development as compared to $19.7 million of adverse prior year development for the same 
period during 2011. The Personal Segment reported a  net expense ratio of 28.5% for the year  ended December 31, 2012 as 
compared to 25.8% for the prior year. The increase in the expense ratio was due predominately to growth in staffing. 

Corporate.  

Total revenue for corporate decreased by $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the prior year. 
This decrease in total revenue was due primarily to gains of $1.9 million recognized on our investment portfolio for the year 
ended  December  31,  2012  as  compared  to  $3.7  million  of  gains  recognized  during  the  same  period  in  2011.  Further 
contributing  to  this  decrease  in  revenue  was  lower  net  investment  income  of  $3.4  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2012 as compared to the same period of the prior year. 

Corporate pre-tax loss was $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to a $5.9 million pre-tax loss for 
the same period the prior year. The increase in pre-tax loss was the result of the decreased revenue discussed above and higher 
operating expenses of $0.9 million due primarily to lower reductions recorded to the expected earn-out payable in conjunction 
with the acquisition of HNIC for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Sources and Uses of Funds  

Our sources of funds are from insurance-related operations, financing activities and investing activities. Major sources of funds 
from operations include premiums collected (net of policy cancellations and premiums ceded), commissions and processing and 
service fees. As a holding company, Hallmark is dependent on dividend payments and management fees from its subsidiaries to 
meet operating expenses and debt obligations. As of December  31, 2013, Hallmark had $8.1 million in unrestricted cash and 
invested assets. Unrestricted cash and invested assets of our non-insurance subsidiaries were $8.4 million as of December 31, 
2013. As of that date, our insurance subsidiaries held $125.2 million of cash and cash equivalents as well as $410.1 million in 
debt  securities  with  an  average  modified  duration  of  3.0  years.  Accordingly,  we  do  not  anticipate  selling  long-term  debt 
instruments to meet any liquidity needs. 

AHIC  and  TBIC,  domiciled  in  Texas,  are  limited  in  the  payment  of  dividends  to  their  stockholders  in  any  12-month  period, 
without the prior written consent of the Texas Department of Insurance, to the greater of statutory net income for the prior 
calendar  year  or  10%  of  statutory  policyholders’  surplus  as  of  the  prior  year  end.  HIC,  domiciled  in  Arizona,  is  limited  in  the 
payment of dividends to the lesser of 10% of prior year policyholders’ surplus or prior year's net investment income, without 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
prior written approval from the  Arizona Department of Insurance. HSIC, domiciled in Oklahoma, is limited in  the  payment of 
dividends to the greater of 10% of prior year policyholders’ surplus or prior year’s statutory net income, not including realized 
capital gains, without prior written approval from the Oklahoma Insurance Department. HNIC, domiciled in Ohio, is limited in 
the payment of dividends to the greater of 10% of statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the prior December 31 or statutory net 
income as of the prior December 31 without prior written approval from the Ohio Insurance Department. For all our insurance 
companies, dividends may only be paid from unassigned surplus funds. During 2014, the aggregate ordinary dividend capacity 
of these subsidiaries is $22.5 million, of which $15.6 million is available to Hallmark. As a county mutual, dividends from HCM 
are payable to policyholders. None of our insurance company subsidiaries paid a dividend during the years ended December 31, 
2013 or 2012.  

The  state  insurance  departments  also  regulate  financial  transactions  between  our  insurance  subsidiaries  and  their  affiliated 
companies.  Applicable regulations require approval of management fees,  expense  sharing contracts and similar transactions. 
The  net  amount  paid  in  management  fees  by  our  insurance  subsidiaries  to  Hallmark  and  our  non-insurance  company 
subsidiaries was $8.2 million, $9.0 million and $6.0 million during each of 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. 

Statutory capital and surplus is calculated as statutory assets less statutory liabilities. The various state insurance departments 
that  regulate  our  insurance  company  subsidiaries  require  us  to  maintain  a  minimum  statutory  capital  and  surplus.  As  of 
December 31, 2013, our insurance company subsidiaries reported statutory capital and surplus of $196.3 million, substantially 
greater than the minimum requirements for each state. Each of our insurance company subsidiaries is also required to satisfy 
certain risk-based capital requirements. (See, “Item 1. Business – Insurance Regulation – Risk-based Capital Requirements.”). As 
of  December  31,  2013,  the  adjusted  capital  under  the  risk-based  capital  calculation  of  each  of  our  insurance  company 
subsidiaries  substantially  exceeded  the  minimum  requirements.  Our  total  statutory  premium-to-surplus  percentage  for  the 
years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was 184% and 188%, respectively. 

Comparison of December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2012  

On  a  consolidated  basis,  our  cash  and  investments,  excluding  restricted  cash  and  investments,  at  December  31,  2013  were 
$603.0 million compared to $530.5 million at December 31, 2012. Cash from operating activities was the primary reason for this 
increase. 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012  

Net cash provided by our consolidated operating activities was $68.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared 
to  $33.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012.  The  increase  in  operating  cash  flow  was  primarily  due  to  higher 
collected premiums written by our Specialty Commercial Segment during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 
the  same  period  in  2012,  partially  offset  by  increased  operating  expense  payments  and  federal  income  tax  payments  during 
2013 as compared to federal income tax refunds during 2012.  

Cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2013 was $11.8 million as compared to $18.1 million for 
the  prior  year.  The  decrease  in  cash  used  in  investing  activities  was  primarily  attributable  to  a  $65.8  million  increase  in 
maturities,  sales  and  redemptions  of  investment  securities,  partially  offset  by  a  $54.8  million  increase  in  purchases  of 
investment  securities, a $0.6 million increase  in  purchases of  property and  equipment and $4.1  million increase in cash flow 
into restricted cash accounts.  

There were no financing cash flow activities during the year ended December 31, 2013.  Cash used in financing activities during 
the year ended December 31, 2012 was $4.9 million as a result of a $2.6 million repayment on our revolving credit facility, a 
$0.3 million payment of holdback consideration for the acquisition of TBIC, $1.7 million paid during the fourth quarter of 2012 
for the acquisition of the 20% non-controlling interest in the subsidiaries comprising our Excess & Umbrella business unit and a 
$0.3 million distribution to non-controlling interest for our Excess & Umbrella business unit.  

Credit Facilities 

Our  First  Restated  Credit  Agreement  with  The  Frost  National  Bank  dated  January  27,  2006,  as  amended  to  date,  provides  a 
revolving credit facility of $15.0 million. We pay interest on the outstanding balance at our election at a rate of the prime rate 
or LIBOR plus 2.5%. We pay an annual fee of 0.25% of the average daily unused balance of the credit facility. We pay letter of 
credit fees at the rate of 1.00% per annum. Our obligations under the revolving credit facility are secured by a security interest 
in  the  capital  stock  of  all  of  our subsidiaries,  guarantees  of  all  of  our  subsidiaries  and  the  pledge  of  all  of  our  non-insurance 
company  assets.  The  revolving  credit  facility  contains  covenants  that,  among  other  things,  require  us  to  maintain  certain 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
financial and operating ratios and restrict certain distributions, transactions and organizational changes. We are in compliance 
with  all  of  our  covenants.  As  of  December  31,  2013,  the  balance  on  the  revolving  note  was  $1.5  million.  The  revolving  note 
currently bears interest at 2.75% per annum. 

Subordinated Debt Securities 

On June 21, 2005, we entered into a trust preferred securities transaction pursuant to which we issued $30.9 million aggregate 
principal amount of subordinated debt securities due in 2035. To effect the transaction, we formed Hallmark Statutory Trust I  
(“Trust  I”)  as  a  Delaware  statutory  trust.  Trust  I  issued  $30.0  million  of  preferred  securities  to  investors  and  $0.9  million  of 
common  securities  to  us.  Trust  I  used  the  proceeds  from  these  issuances  to  purchase  the  subordinated  debt  securities.  Our 
Trust I subordinated debt securities bear an initial interest rate of 7.725% until June 15, 2015, at which time interest will adjust 
quarterly to the three-month LIBOR rate plus 3.25 percentage points. Trust I pays dividends on its preferred securities at the 
same rate. Under the terms of our Trust I subordinated debt securities, we pay interest only each quarter and the principal of 
the  note  at  maturity.  The  subordinated  debt  securities  are  uncollateralized  and  do  not  require  maintenance  of  minimum 
financial covenants. As of December 31, 2013, the balance of our Trust I subordinated debt was $30.9 million. 

On  August  23,  2007,  we  entered  into  a  trust  preferred  securities  transaction  pursuant  to  which  we  issued  $25.8  million 
aggregate  principal  amount  of  subordinated  debt  securities  due  in  2037.  To  effect  the  transaction,  we  formed  Hallmark 
Statutory Trust II (“Trust II”) as a Delaware statutory trust. Trust II issued $25.0 million of preferred securities to investors and 
$0.8 million of common securities to us. Trust II  used the  proceeds from these issuances  to purchase the  subordinated  debt 
securities.  Our  Trust  II  subordinated  debt  securities  bear  an  initial  interest  rate  of  8.28%  until  September  15,  2017,  at  which 
time  interest  will  adjust  quarterly  to  the  three-month  LIBOR  rate  plus  2.90  percentage  points.  Trust  II  pays  dividends  on  its 
preferred securities at the same rate. Under the terms of our Trust II subordinated debt securities, we pay interest only each 
quarter  and  the  principal  of  the  note  at  maturity.  The  subordinated  debt  securities  are  uncollateralized  and  do  not  require 
maintenance  of  minimum  financial  covenants.  As  of  December  31,  2013,  the  balance  of  our  Trust  II  subordinated  debt  was 
$25.8 million. 

Long-Term Contractual Obligations 

Set forth below is a summary of long-term contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013. Amounts represent estimates of 
gross  undiscounted  amounts  payable  over  time.  In  addition,  certain  unpaid  losses  and  LAE  are  ceded  to  others  under 
reinsurance contracts and are, therefore, recoverable. Such potential recoverables are not reflected in the table. 

Notes payable 

$ 

Subordinated debt securities 
Interest on notes payable 
Interest on subordinated debt securities 
Unpaid losses and LAE (1) 
Operating leases 
Purchase obligations 

1,473 

56,702 
54 
91,199 
382,640 
11,440 
1,706 

Total 

After 2018 

- 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2014 

2017-2018 

Estimated Payments by Period (in thousands) 
2015-2016 
1,473  
- 
13 
8,573 
128,070 
3,610 
126 

- 
41 
4,388 
152,852 
1,987 
1,580 

- 
- 
7,976 
51,871 
2,677 
- 

- 

$ 

- 
56,702  
- 
70,262 
49,847 
3,166 
- 

(1)  The  payout  pattern  for  unpaid  losses  and  LAE  is  based  upon  historical  payment  patterns  and  does  not  represent 

actual contractual obligations. The timing and amount ultimately paid will likely vary from these estimates. 

Based  on  2014  budgeted  and  year-to-date  cash  flow  information,  we  believe  that  we  have  sufficient  liquidity  to  meet  our 
projected insurance obligations, operational expenses and capital expenditure requirements for the next 12 months. 

Effects of Inflation 

We do not believe that inflation has a material effect on our results of operations, except for the effect that inflation may have 
on interest rates and claim costs. The effects of inflation are considered in pricing and estimating reserves for unpaid losses and 
LAE.  The  actual  effects  of  inflation  on  results  of  operations  are  not  known  until  claims  are  ultimately  settled.  In  addition  to 
general price inflation, we are  exposed to the upward trend in the judicial awards for  damages.  We attempt to mitigate the 
effects of inflation in the pricing of policies and establishing reserves for losses and LAE.  

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
     
     
     
     
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
     
     
     
     
 
  
     
     
     
     
 
  
     
     
     
     
 
  
     
     
     
     
 
  
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk. 

We believe that interest rate risk, credit risk and equity risk are the types of market risk to which we are principally exposed. 

Interest  rate  risk.  Our  investment  portfolio  consists  largely  of  investment-grade,  fixed-income  securities,  all  of  which  are 
classified as available-for-sale. Accordingly, the primary market risk exposure to these securities is interest rate risk. In general, 
the fair value of a portfolio of fixed-income securities increases  or decreases inversely with changes in market interest rates, 
while  net  investment  income  realized  from  future  investments  in  fixed-income  securities  increases  or  decreases  along  with 
interest rates. The fair value of our fixed-income securities as of December 31, 2013 was $410.1 million. The effective duration 
of  our  portfolio  as  of  December  31,  2013  was  3.0  years.  Should  interest  rates  increase  1.0%,  our  fixed-income  investment 
portfolio would be expected to decline in market value by 3.0%, or $12.2 million, representing the effective duration multiplied 
by the change in market interest rates. Conversely, a 1.0% decline in interest rates would be expected to result in a 3.0%, or 
$12.2 million, increase in the fair value of our fixed-income investment portfolio. 

Credit risk. An additional exposure to our fixed-income securities portfolio is credit risk. We attempt to manage the credit risk 
by investing primarily in investment-grade securities and limiting our exposure to a single issuer. As of December 31, 2013, our 
fixed-income  investments  were  in  the  following:  U.S.  Treasury  bonds  –  19.2%;  municipal  bonds  –  38.4%;  collateralized 
corporate  bank  loans  –  24.9%;  corporate  bonds  –  10.7%;  and  asset-backed  –  6.8%.  As  of  December  31,  2013,  75.9%  of  our 
fixed-income securities were rated investment-grade by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. 

We are also subject to credit risk with respect to reinsurers to whom we have ceded underwriting risk. Although a reinsurer is 
liable  for  losses  to  the  extent  of  the  coverage  it  assumes,  we  remain  obligated  to  our  policyholders  in  the  event  that  the 
reinsurers  do  not  meet  their  obligations  under  the  reinsurance  agreements.  In  order  to  mitigate  credit  risk  to  reinsurance 
companies,  most  of  our  reinsurance  recoverable  balance  as  of  December  31,  2013  was  with  reinsurers  having  an  A.M.  Best 
rating of “A-” or better. 

Equity  price  risk.  Investments  in  equity  securities  that  are  subject  to  equity  price  risk  made  up  11.1%  of  our  portfolio  as  of 
December 31, 2013. The carrying values of equity securities are based on quoted market prices as of the balance sheet date. 
Market prices are subject to fluctuation and, consequently, the amount realized in the subsequent sale of an investment may 
significantly differ from the reported fair value. Fluctuation in the market price of a security may result from perceived changes 
in  the  underlying  economic  characteristics  of  the  issuer,  the  relative  price  of  alternative  investments  and  general  market 
conditions. Furthermore, amounts realized in the sale of a particular security may be affected by the relative quantity of the 
security being sold. 

The fair value of our equity securities as of December 31, 2013 was $51.2 million. The fair value of our equity securities would 
increase  or  decrease  by  $15.4  million  assuming  a  hypothetical  30%  increase  or  decrease  in  market  prices  as  of  the  balance 
sheet date. This would increase  or decrease stockholders’ equity by 4.2%. The  selected  hypothetical change does not reflect 
what should be considered the best or worsed case scenario. 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

The following consolidated financial statements of Hallmark and its subsidiaries are filed as part of this report.  

Description 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 
and 2011 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended 
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended 
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Financial Statement Schedules 

Page Number 
F-2 
F-3 
F-4 

F-5 

F-6 

F-7 
F-8 
F-41 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. 

None. 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

The principal executive officer and principal financial officer of Hallmark have evaluated our disclosure controls and procedures 
and  have  concluded  that,  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report,  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were 
effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities 
Exchange  Act  of  1934  is  timely  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported.  The  principal  executive  officer  and  principal 
financial  officer  also  concluded  that  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  in  ensuring  that  information 
required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under such Act is accumulated and communicated to our 
management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions 
regarding required disclosure. 

During the three month period ended December 31, 2013, there were no changes in internal control over financial reporting 
that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  “internal  control  over  financial  reporting,”  as  such 
phrase is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including 
our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial 
reporting  was  conducted  based  upon  the  framework  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (1992  Framework).  Based  upon  that  evaluation,  management  has 
concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013. 

Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our consolidated financial statements as of 
December 31, 2013 included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on our internal control over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. The Ernst & Young LLP attestation report, which expresses an unqualified opinion 
on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, is included in this Item under the 
heading “Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”  

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries 

We have audited Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting 
as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee 
of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (1992  Framework)  (the  COSO  criteria).  The  Company’s 
management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal 
Control  over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over 
financial reporting based on our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether 
effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and 
evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk,  and  performing  such 
other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis 
for our opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and 
procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the 
transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are 
recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of 
management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely 
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the 
financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become 
inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or  procedures  may 
deteriorate. 

In  our  opinion,  Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on the COSO criteria. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States), the consolidated balance sheets of Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 
2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash 
flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2013  of  Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.  and 
subsidiaries and our report dated March 12, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

        /s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

Fort Worth, Texas  
March 12, 2014  

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9B. Other Information. 

None. 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. 

PART III 

The information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission  pursuant to Regulation 14A  not later than 120 days after the  end of the fiscal 
year covered by this report. 

Item 11. Executive Compensation. 

The information required by Item 11 is incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission  pursuant to Regulation 14A  not later than 120 days after the  end of the fiscal 
year covered by this report. 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters. 

The information required by Item 12 is incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission  pursuant to Regulation 14A  not later than 120 days after the  end of the fiscal 
year covered by this report. 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. 

The information required by Item 13 is incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission  pursuant to Regulation 14A  not later than 120 days after the  end of the fiscal 
year covered by this report. 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services. 

The information required by Item 14 is incorporated by reference from the Registrant's definitive proxy statement to be filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission  pursuant to Regulation 14A  not later than 120 days after the  end of the fiscal 
year covered by this report. 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules. 

PART IV 

(a)(1) 

(a)(2) 

(a)(3) 

Financial Statements 
The following consolidated financial statements, notes thereto and related information are included in Item 8 of 
this report: 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 
2011 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Financial Statement Schedules 
The following financial statement schedules are included in this report: 
Schedule II – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only) 
Schedule III – Supplemental Insurance Information 
Schedule IV – Reinsurance 
Schedule VI – Supplemental Information Concerning Property-Casualty Insurance Operations 
Exhibit Index 

The following exhibits are either filed with this report or incorporated by reference: 

Exhibit 
Number 
 3.1 

 3.2 

 4.1 

 4.2 

 4.3 

Description 
  Restated Articles of Incorporation of the registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 1 to 

the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 [Registration No. 333-136414] filed September 8, 2006). 

  Amended and Restated By-Laws of the registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant’s Current 

Report on Form 8-K filed October 1, 2007). 

  Specimen certificate for common stock, $0.18 par value, of the registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to 
Amendment  No.  1  to  the  registrant’s  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  [Registration  No.  333-136414]  filed 
September 8, 2006). 

Indenture  dated  June  21,  2005,  between  Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  National 
Association  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  June  27, 
2005).  

  Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Hallmark Statutory Trust I dated as of June 21, 2005, among Hallmark 
Financial Services, Inc., as sponsor, Chase Bank USA, National Association, as Delaware trustee, and JPMorgan Chase 
Bank,  National  Association,  as  institutional  trustee,  and  Mark  Schwarz  and  Mark  Morrison,  as  administrators 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 27, 2005). 

 4.4 

  Form of Junior Subordinated Debt Security Due 2035 (included in Exhibit 4.2 above). 

 4.5 

  Form of Capital Security Certificate (included in Exhibit 4.3 above). 

4.6 

4.7 

4.8 

  First  Restated  Credit  Agreement  dated  January  27,  2006,  between  Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.  and  The  Frost 
National Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 
2, 2006). 

Indenture  dated  as  of  August  23,  2007,  between  Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.  and  The  Bank  of  New  York Trust 
Company, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 
8-K filed August 24, 2007).  

  Amended  and  Restated  Declaration  of  Trust  of  Hallmark  Statutory  Trust  II  dated  as  of  August  23,  2007,  among 
Hallmark Financial Services, Inc., as sponsor, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee, and The Bank of 
New  York  Trust  Company,  National  Association,  as  institutional  trustee,  and  Mark  Schwarz  and  Mark  Morrison,  as 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
administrators (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 
24, 2007). 

4.9 

Form of Junior Subordinated Debt Security Due 2037 (included in Exhibit 4.7 above). 

4.10 

Form of Capital Security Certificate (included in Exhibit 4.8 above). 

4.11 

4.12 

4.13 

4.14 

4.15 

4.16 

4.17 

10.1 

10.2 

Fifth Amendment to First Restated Credit Agreement among Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries and 
The  Frost  National  Bank  dated  February  20,  2008  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  99.1  to  the  registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 25, 2008).  

Sixth Amendment to First Restated Credit Agreement among Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries and 
The Frost National Bank dated January 21, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed January 25, 2010). 

Seventh Amendment to First Restated Credit Agreement among Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries 
and  The  Frost  National  Bank  dated  May  27,  2010  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 17, 2010). 

Eighth  Amendment to First Restated Credit Agreement among Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries 
and  The  Frost  National  Bank  dated  March  21,  2011  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 21, 2011). 

  Ninth  Amendment  to  First  Restated  Credit  Agreement  among  Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries 
and Frost Bank dated July 10, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed July 12, 2012). 

Tenth  Amendment  to  First  Restated  Credit  Agreement  among  Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries 
and  Frost  Bank  dated  September  30,  2012  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed October 1, 2012). 

Eleventh Amendment to First Restated Credit Agreement among Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries 
and Frost Bank dated July 26, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed July 30, 2013). 

  Office  Lease  for  6500  Pinecrest,  Plano,  Texas,  dated  July  22,  2008,  between  Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.  and 
Legacy Tech IV Associates, Limited Partnership (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed July 29, 2008). 

Lease Agreement for 777 Main Street, Fort Worth, Texas, dated June 12, 2003 between Hallmark Financial Services, 
Inc. and Crescent Real Estate Funding I, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the registrant’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended June 30, 2003). 

10.3 

  Office Lease by and between SAOP Northwest Center, L.P. and Hallmark Specialty Underwriters, Inc. dated January 29, 
2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 2, 2010). 

10.4 

  Office  Lease  by  and  between  Minol  Center,  L.P.  and  Aerospace  Insurance  Managers,  Inc.  dated  August  9,  2010 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 17, 2010). 

10.5 

  Office  Lease  by  and  between  Civic  Opera,  L.P.  and  Hallmark  Specialty  Underwriters,  Inc.  dated  December  27,  2010 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 4, 2011). 

10.6 

  First  Amendment  to  Office  Lease  between  MS  Crescent  One  SPV,  LLC  and  Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.,  dated 
February 28, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 
1, 2011). 

10.7*    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. and its officers and directors, adopted July 
19, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter 
ended September 30, 2002).  

10.8*    Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.  2005  Long  Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 3, 2005). 

10.9*    Form of Incentive Stock Option Grant Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Current 

Report on Form 8-K filed June 3, 2005). 

10.10*   Form  of  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  to  the  registrant’s  Current 

Report on Form 8-K filed June 3, 2005). 

10.11    Guarantee Agreement dated as  of June 21, 2005, by Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. for the benefit of the holders of 
trust preferred securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
June 27, 2005). 

10.12*   Hallmark Financial  Services, Inc. Amended and Restated 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 

Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 3, 2013). 

10.13* + Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. 

10.14    Guarantee Agreement dated as of August 23, 2007, by Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. for the benefit of the holders of 
trust preferred securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
August 24, 2007). 

10.15    Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 25, 2011, between American Hallmark Insurance Company of Texas and Robert 
C.  Siddons,  Stephen  W.  Gurasich,  Andrew  J.  Reynolds,  Paul  W.  Keller,  Kerry  A.  Keller  and  Austin  Engineering  Co.,  Inc. 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 25, 2011). 

21+ 

  List of subsidiaries of the registrant. 

23 (a)+   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.  

31(a)+   Certification of principal executive officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(b). 

31(b)+   Certification of principal financial officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(b). 

32(a)+   Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350. 

32(b)+   Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350. 

101 
INS+ 
101 
SCH+ 
101 
CAL+ 
101 
LAB+ 
101 
PRE+ 

101 
DEF+ 

  XBRL Instance Document. 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. 

    * Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

    + Filed herewith. 

58 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date: 

March 12, 2014 

Date: 

March 12, 2014 

HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. 
(Registrant) 

By: /s/ Mark J. Morrison 
  Mark J. Morrison, Chief Executive Officer and  

President 

By: 

/s/ Jeffrey R. Passmore 
Jeffrey R. Passmore, Chief Accounting Officer and Senior 
Vice President 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Date: 

March 12, 2014 

/s/ Mark J. Morrison 

Date: 

March 12, 2014 

  Mark J. Morrison, Chief Executive Officer and  

President (Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Jeffrey R. Passmore 
Jeffrey R. Passmore, Chief Accounting Officer and Senior 
Vice President (Principal Financial Officer and Principal 
Accounting Officer) 

Date: 

Date: 

Date: 

Date: 

March 12, 2014 

/s/ Mark E. Schwarz 

  Mark E. Schwarz, Executive Chairman 

March 12, 2014 

March 12, 2014 

March 12, 2014 

/s/ James H. Graves 
James H. Graves, Director 

/s/ Jim W. Henderson 
Jim W. Henderson, Director 

/s/ Scott T. Berlin 
Scott T. Berlin, Director 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 21 

Subsidiaries of Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. 

Name of Subsidiary  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation 

o  Aerospace Claims Management Group, Inc.* 
o  Aerospace Flight, Inc.*   
o  Aerospace Holdings, LLC* 
o  Aerospace Insurance Managers, Inc.* 
o  Aerospace Special Risk, Inc.* 
o  American Hallmark General Agency, Inc.  
(d/b/a Hallmark Insurance Company) 

o  American Hallmark Insurance Company of Texas* 
o  American Hallmark Insurance Services, Inc.* 
o  CYR Insurance Management Company*   
o  Effective Claims Management, Inc.* 
o  Hallmark Claims Service, Inc. 

(d/b/a Hallmark Insurance Company) 

o  Hallmark County Mutual Insurance Company* 
(controlled through a management agreement) 

o  Hallmark Finance Corporation*   
o  Hallmark Insurance Company* 
o  Hallmark National Insurance Company*  
o  Hallmark Specialty Insurance Company*  
o  Hardscrabble Data Solutions, LLC* 
o  Heath XS, LLC*   
o  Pan American Acceptance Corporation*  
o  TBIC Holding Corporation, Inc.*   
o  TBIC Risk Management, Inc.* 
o  Texas Builders Insurance Company* 
o  Hallmark Specialty Underwriters, Inc.* 
o  TGA Special Risk, Inc.* 

* Conducts business under its corporate name. 

Texas 
Texas 
Texas 
Texas 
Texas 
Texas 

Texas 
Texas 
Texas 
Texas 
Texas 

Texas 

Texas 
Arizona 
Ohio 
Oklahoma 
New Jersey 
New Jersey 
Texas 
Texas 
Texas 
Texas 
Texas 
Texas 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 23(a) 

Consent Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:    

(1)  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-41220) pertaining to the Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. 1991 Key 

Employee Stock Option Plan, Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. 1994 Key Employee Long Term Incentive Plan and 
Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. 1994 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan;  

(2)  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-140000) pertaining to Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. 2005 Long Term 

Incentive Plan; 

(3)  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-160050) pertaining to Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. 2005 Long Term 

Incentive Plan; and  

(4)  Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-171696) and related Prospectus pertaining to the registration of 

3,274,830 shares of common stock;  

of our reports dated March 12, 2014, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedules of Hallmark Financial 
Services, Inc. and subsidiaries and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Hallmark Financial Services, 
Inc. and subsidiaries included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

Fort Worth, Texas 
March 12, 2014 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31(a) 

CERTIFICATIONS 

I, Mark J. Morrison, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of  Hallmark Financial Services, Inc.; 

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, 
not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present 
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report;  

4.  The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures [as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)] and internal control over financial reporting [as defined 
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)] for the Registrant and have:  

a) 

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  Registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to  us by others within those entities, particularly during the  period  in which  this report is being 
prepared; 

b) 

designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c) 

evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this 
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

d) 

disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. 

The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions):  

a) 

all  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  Registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize  and 
report financial information; and  

b) 

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant 

role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date:  March 12, 2014 

/s/ Mark J. Morrison 
Mark J. Morrison, Chief Executive Officer 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31(b) 

CERTIFICATIONS 

I, Jeffrey R. Passmore, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Hallmark Financial Services, Inc.; 

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, 
not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the 
periods presented in this report;  

4.  The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures [as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)] and internal control over financial reporting [as defined 
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)] for the Registrant and have:  

a) 

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  Registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to  us by others within those entities, particularly during the  period  in which  this report is being 
prepared;  

b) 

designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c) 

evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this 
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

d) 

disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. 

The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions):  

a) 

all  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  Registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize  and 
report financial information; and  

b) 

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant 

role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date:  March 12, 2014 

/s/ Jeffrey R. Passmore 
Jeffrey R. Passmore, Chief Accounting Officer 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32(a) 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. § 1350  

       I,  Mark  J.  Morrison,  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.  (the  "Company"),  hereby  certify 
that the accompanying annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, and filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. I further certify that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, 
in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.  

Date:  March 12, 2014 

/s/ Mark J. Morrison 

Mark J. Morrison, 
Chief Executive Officer 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32(b) 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. § 1350  

       I, Jeffrey R. Passmore, Chief Accounting Officer of Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. (the "Company"), hereby certify 
that the accompanying annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, and filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. I further certify that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, 
in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.  

Date:  March 12, 2014 

/s/ Jeffrey R. Passmore 

Jeffrey R. Passmore, 
Chief Accounting Officer 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Description 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 
and 2011 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Financial Statement Schedules 

Page 
Number 
F-2 

F-3 

F-4 

F-5 

F-6 

F-7 

F-8 

F-41 

F-1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries 
(the  Company)  as  of  December  31,  2013  and  2012,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations, 
comprehensive  income  (loss),  stockholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended 
December 31, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in Item 15(a)(2). These financial 
statements  and  schedules  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an 
opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about 
whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  An  audit  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis, 
evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the 
accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  financial 
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In  our  opinion,  the  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  consolidated 
financial  position  of  Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  at  December  31,  2013  and  2012,  and  the 
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 
31,  2013,  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Also,  in  our  opinion,  the  related  financial 
statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all 
material respects, the information set forth therein. 

We  also  have  audited  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Oversight  Board  (United  States), 
Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2013, 
based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (1992  Framework)  and  our  report  dated  March  12,  2014  expressed  an 
unqualified opinion thereon. 

              /s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

Fort Worth, Texas 
March 12, 2014 

F-2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
December 31, 2013 and 2012 
($ in thousands) 

Investments: 

ASSETS 

Debt securities, available-for-sale, at fair value (cost; $408,627 in 2013 and $397,800 in 2012) 
Equity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value (cost; $24,902 in 2013 and $31,502 in 2012) 

$ 

Total investments 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash 
Ceded unearned premiums 
Premiums receivable 
Accounts receivable 
Receivable for securities 
Reinsurance recoverable 
Deferred policy acquisition costs 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets, net 
Deferred federal income taxes, net 
Prepaid expenses 
Other assets 

$ 

$ 

Total assets 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Liabilities: 

Revolving credit facility payable 
Subordinated debt securities 
Reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses 
Unearned premiums 
Reinsurance balances payable 
Pension liability 
Payable for securities 
Federal income tax payable 
Deferred federal income taxes, net 
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16) 

Stockholders’ equity: 

Common stock, $.18 par value, authorized 33,333,333 shares; issued 20,872,831 shares in 2013 

and 2012 

Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 
Treasury stock (1,609,374 shares in 2013 and 2012), at cost 

2013 

2012 

$ 

410,095 
51,230 
461,325 

401,435 
43,925 
445,360 

141,666 
12,190 
44,988 
71,157 
2,382 
1,320 
76,818 
22,586 
44,695 
19,953 
- 
1,531 
8,412 
909,023 

1,473 
56,702 
382,640 
185,303 
20,598 
1,433 
206 
719 
2,825 
19,006 
670,905 

$ 

$ 

85,145 
8,707 
22,411 
66,683 
3,110 
3 
51,970 
24,911 
44,695 
23,068 
1,940 
1,480 
10,985 
790,468 

1,473 
56,702 
313,416 
162,502 
7,330 
3,685 
- 
1,518 
- 
23,305 
569,931 

3,757 
122,827 
106,209 
16,883 
(11,558 ) 

3,757 
122,475 
97,964 
7,899 
(11,558 ) 

Total stockholders’ equity 

238,118 

220,537 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements 

$ 

909,023 

$ 

790,468 

F-3 

 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
    
     
 
 
    
     
 
    
     
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
 
    
     
 
    
     
 
    
     
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
    
     
 
 
    
     
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 
($ in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Gross premiums written 
Ceded premiums written 
Net premiums written 
Change in unearned premiums 
Net premiums earned 

Investment income, net of expenses 
Net realized gains 
Finance charges 
Commission and fees 
Other income 

2013 

2012 

2011 

$ 

$ 

460,027 
(99,262 ) 
360,765 
(224 ) 
360,541 

$ 

389,842 
(57,353 ) 
332,489 
(13,053 ) 
319,436 

12,884 
10,540 
5,830 
(487 ) 
120 

15,293 
1,943 
5,957 
(1,145 ) 
316 

354,881 
(51,005 ) 
303,876 
(10,835 ) 
293,041 

15,880 
3,633 
6,826 
3,175 
216 

Total revenues 

389,428 

341,800 

322,771 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses 
Operating expenses 
Interest expense 
Amortization of intangible assets 

261,345 
109,289 
4,599 
3,115 

226,414 
103,792 
4,634 
3,586 

239,235 
95,106 
4,631 
3,586 

Total expenses 

378,348 

338,426 

342,558 

Income (loss) before tax 
Income tax expense (benefit) 
Net income (loss) 
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interest 

11,080 
2,835 
8,245 
- 

3,374 
(474 ) 
3,848 
324 

(19,787 ) 
(8,954 ) 
(10,833 ) 
58 

Net income (loss) attributable to Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. 

$ 

8,245 

$ 

3,524 

$ 

(10,891 ) 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to 

Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. common stockholders: 

Basic 

Diluted 

$ 

$ 

0.43 

0.43 

$ 

$ 

0.18  

0.18  

$ 

$ 

(0.55 ) 

(0.55 ) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements 

F-4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
     
     
 
   
   
   
   
     
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
   
   
   
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
     
     
   
     
   
   
     
     
   
     
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 
For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 
(In thousands) 

Net income (loss) 

Other comprehensive income (loss): 

Change in net actuarial gain (loss) 

Tax effect on change in net actuarial gain (loss) 

2013 

2012 

2011 

$ 

8,245 

$ 

3,848 

$ 

(10,833 ) 

2,268 

(794 ) 

37 

(13 ) 

(1,468 ) 

514 

191 

(67 ) 

Unrealized holding gains arising during the period 

22,094 

4,388 

Tax effect on unrealized holding gains arising during the period 

(7,733 ) 

(1,536 ) 

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (loss) 

(10,540 ) 

(2,189 ) 

(3,633 ) 

Tax effect on reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (loss) 

3,689 

766 

1,272 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 
Comprehensive income (loss) 
Less: comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interest 
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. 

8,984 
17,229 
- 
17,229 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,453 
5,301 
324 
4,977 

$ 

$ 

(3,191 ) 
(14,024 ) 
58 
(14,082 ) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements 

F-5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
   
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
   
   
     
     
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 
(In thousands) 

Number 
of 
Shares 
20,873 

Par 
Value 
$  3,757 

Additional 
Paid-In 
Capital 
$  121,815 

Retained 
Earnings 
$ 105,331 

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

9,637 

-      
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

-      
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

-      

709 
(6 ) 

$ 
-      
- 
- 

(31 ) 
- 

- 
(10,891 ) 

- 
- 

- 

- 

(3,191 ) 

Total 
Stockholders' 
Equity 

Treasury 
Stock 
$  (5,262 ) 
(6,401 )    

-      
- 
- 

Number 
of 
Shares 
749 
$ 
875      
- 
(15 ) 

- 
105 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

235,278 
(6,401 ) 
709 
99 

(31 ) 
(10,891 ) 

(3,191 ) 

20,873 
- 

$  3,757 
- 

$  122,487 
380 

$  94,440 
- 

$ 

6,446 
- 

$ (11,558 ) 
- 

1,609  
- 

$ 

215,572 
380 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

(392 ) 
- 

- 
3,524  

- 
- 

- 

- 

1,453 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

(392 ) 
3,524 

1,453 

20,873 
- 
- 

$  3,757 
- 
- 

$  122,475 
352  
- 

$  97,964 
- 
8,245 

$ 

7,899 
- 
- 

$ (11,558 ) 
- 
- 

$ 

1,609 
- 
- 

220,537 
352 
8,245 

- 
20,873 

- 
$  3,757 

- 
$  122,827 

- 
$ 106,209 

$ 

8,984 
16,883 

- 
$ (11,558 ) 

- 
1,609 

$ 

8,984 
238,118 

Balance at January 1, 2011 
Acquisition of treasury shares 
Equity incentive plan activity 
Stock options exercised 
Accretion of redeemable non-
controlling interest 
Net loss, as adjustedc 
Other comprehensive loss, net of 
tax 

Balance at December 31, 2011 
Equity incentive plan activity 
Accretion of redeemable non-
controlling interest 
Net income 
Other comprehensive income, net 
of tax 

Balance at December 31, 2012 
Equity incentive plan activity 
Net income 
Other comprehensive income, net 
of tax 
Balance at December 31, 2013 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements 

F-6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
   
     
   
     
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
     
       
       
       
     
 
       
       
     
 
 
 
     
       
       
       
     
 
       
       
     
 
 
 
     
       
       
       
     
 
       
       
     
 
 
   
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
     
     
   
     
     
     
   
 
   
     
     
   
     
     
     
     
 
     
       
       
       
     
 
       
       
     
 
 
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
     
   
     
     
 
     
       
       
       
     
 
       
       
     
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
     
       
       
       
     
 
       
       
     
 
 
 
     
       
       
       
     
 
       
       
     
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
     
     
   
     
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
     
       
       
       
     
 
       
       
     
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
     
       
       
       
     
 
       
       
     
 
 
   
     
     
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
     
       
       
       
     
 
       
       
     
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 
($ in thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income (loss) 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by operating activities: 

2013 

2012 

2011 

$ 

8,245 

$ 

3,848 

$ 

(10,833 ) 

Depreciation and amortization expense 
Deferred federal income taxes 
Net realized gains 
Share-based payments expense 
Change in ceded unearned premiums 
Change in premiums receivable 
Change in accounts receivable 
Change in deferred policy acquisition costs 
Change in unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses 
Change in unearned premiums 
Change in reinsurance recoverable 
Change in reinsurance balances payable 
Change in current federal income tax (recoverable)payable  
Change in all other liabilities 
Change in all other assets 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchases of property and equipment, net 
Acquisitions of subsidiaries, net of cash received 
Net transfers (into) from restricted cash 
Purchases of investment securities 
Maturities, sales and redemptions of investment securities 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Activity under revolving credit facility, net 
Repayment of notes payable of acquired subsidiary 
Redemption of non-controlling interest 
Distribution to non-controlling interest 
Payment of contingent consideration 
Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options 
Purchase of treasury shares 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Supplemental cash flow information: 

Interest paid 

Income taxes (paid) recovered  

Supplemental schedule of non-cash activities: 
Change in receivable for securities related to investment disposals that settled after the 
balance sheet date 
Change in payable for securities related to investment purchases that settled after the 
balance sheet date 

4,300 
(257 ) 
(10,540 ) 
352 
(22,577 ) 
(4,474 ) 
728 
2,325 
69,224 
22,801 
(24,848 ) 
13,268 
(799 ) 
(6,551 ) 
17,141 

68,338 

(673 ) 
- 
(3,483 ) 
(222,399 ) 
214,738 

(11,817 ) 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
56,521 
85,145 

141,666 

 (4,599 ) 

 (3,891 ) 

 (1,317 ) 

206 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4,421 
(2,851 ) 
(1,943 ) 
380 
(2,941 ) 
(13,170 ) 
836 
(2,357 ) 
16,471 
16,398 
(9,236 ) 
4,191 
8,256 
5,396 
5,983 

33,682 

(107 ) 
- 
665 
(167,626 ) 
148,968 

(18,100 ) 

(2,577 ) 
- 
(1,700 ) 
(281 ) 
(350 ) 
- 
- 

(4,908 ) 
10,674 
74,471 

85,145 

(4,656 ) 

5,879 

2,614 

(203 ) 

5,064 
(2,895 ) 
(3,633 ) 
709 
6,034 
(3,842 ) 
2,347 
(1,621 ) 
33,088 
4,801 
227 
(246 ) 
(2,470 ) 
(5,707 ) 
3,587 

24,610 

(1,586 ) 
(13,334 ) 
(4,095 ) 
(265,684 ) 
  280,918 
(3,781 ) 

1,250 
(1,660 ) 
- 
(165 ) 
- 
99 
(6,401 ) 

(6,877 ) 
13,952 
60,519 

74,471 

(4,620 ) 

3,589 

(402 ) 

(2,290 ) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

 1.  Accounting Policies: 

General 

Hallmark  Financial  Services,  Inc.  (“Hallmark”  and,  together  with  subsidiaries,  the  “Company”,  “we,”  “us”  or  “our”)  is  an  insurance 
holding  company  engaged  in  the  sale  of  property/casualty  insurance  products  to  businesses  and  individuals.  Our  business  involves 
marketing, distributing, underwriting and servicing our insurance products, as well as providing other insurance related services. 

We  pursue  our  business  activities  primarily  through  subsidiaries  whose  operations  are  organized  into  five  business  units  that  are 
supported  by  our  insurance  company  subsidiaries.  Our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  business  unit  handles  commercial  insurance 
products and services and is comprised of American Hallmark Insurance Services, Inc. (“American Hallmark Insurance Services”) and 
Effective Claims Management, Inc. (“ECM”). Our Workers Compensation business unit specializes in small and middle market workers 
compensation  business  and  is  comprised  of  TBIC  Holding  Corporation,  Inc.  (“TBIC  Holding”),  Texas  Builders  Insurance  Company 
(“TBIC”) and TBIC Risk Management (“TBICRM”). The subsidiaries comprising our Workers Compensation business unit were acquired 
July 1, 2011. Our E&S Commercial business unit  handles primarily commercial insurance products and services and is comprised  of 
Hallmark Specialty Underwriters, Inc. (“HSU”), Pan American Acceptance Corporation (“PAAC”) and TGA Special Risk, Inc. (“TGASRI”). 
Our Hallmark Select business unit offers (i) general aviation insurance products and services, (ii) low and middle market commercial 
umbrella  and  excess  liability  insurance,  (iii)  medical  professional  liability  insurance  products  and  services,  and  (iv)  satellite  launch 
insurance products. Our Hallmark Select business unit is the combination of our operations previously known as our General Aviation 
business  unit,  our  Excess  &  Umbrella  business  unit,  the  medical  professional  liability  business  previously  handled  by  our  E&S 
Commercial  business  unit  and  the  satellite  launch  insurance  products  previously  managed  at  the  parent  level.  Our  Hallmark  Select 
business  unit  is  comprised  of  Aerospace  Insurance  Managers,  Inc.  (“Aerospace  Insurance  Managers”),  Aerospace  Special  Risk,  Inc. 
(“ASRI”), Aerospace Claims Management Group, Inc. (“ACMG”), Heath XS, LLC (“HXS”) and Hardscrabble Data Solutions, LLC (“HDS”).  
Our Personal Lines business unit handles personal insurance products and services and is comprised of American Hallmark General 
Agency, Inc. and Hallmark Claims Services, Inc. (both of which do business as Hallmark Insurance Company). Our insurance company 
subsidiaries  supporting  these  business  units  are  American  Hallmark  Insurance  Company  of  Texas  (“AHIC”),  Hallmark  Insurance 
Company  (“HIC”),  Hallmark  Specialty  Insurance  Company  (“HSIC”),  Hallmark  County  Mutual  Insurance  Company  (“HCM”),  Hallmark 
National Insurance Company (“HNIC”) and TBIC. 

These  five  business  units  are  segregated  into  three  reportable  industry  segments  for  financial  accounting  purposes.  The  Standard 
Commercial  Segment  includes  our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  business  unit  and  our  Workers  Compensation  business  unit.  The 
Specialty Commercial Segment includes our E&S Commercial business unit and our Hallmark Select business unit, as well as certain 
specialty risk programs (“Specialty Programs”) which are managed by Hallmark. The Personal Segment presently consists solely of our 
Personal Lines business unit. 

Basis of Presentation 

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  and  operations  of  Hallmark  and  its  subsidiaries. 
Intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated.  The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been 
prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) which, as to our insurance company subsidiaries, 
differ from statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted for insurance companies by insurance regulatory authorities. 

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements 

Our  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that 
affect our reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and our reported amounts of revenues 
and expenses during the reporting periods. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical 
experience and other factors, including the current economic environment, which management believes to be reasonable under the 
circumstances. We adjust such estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Since future events and their effects 
cannot  be  determined  with  precision,  actual  results  could  differ  significantly  from  these  estimates.  Changes  in  estimates  resulting 
from continuing changes in the economic environment may be reflected in the financial statements in future periods. 

F-8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

Fair value estimates are made at a point in time, based on relevant market data as well as the best information available about the 
financial instruments. Fair value estimates for financial instruments for which no or limited observable market data is available are 
based  on  judgments  regarding  current  economic  conditions,  credit  and  interest  rate  risk.  These  estimates  involve  significant 
uncertainties and judgments and cannot be determined with precision. As a result, such calculated fair value estimates may not be 
realizable in a current sale or immediate settlement of the instrument. In addition, changes in the underlying assumptions used in the 
fair  value  measurement  technique,  including  discount  rate  and  estimates  of  future  cash  flows,  could  significantly  affect  these  fair 
value estimates. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents: The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for these instruments approximate their fair values. 

Restricted Cash: The carrying amount for restricted cash reported in the balance sheet approximates the fair value. 

Revolving  Credit  Facility  Payable:  The  carrying  value  of  our  bank  revolving  credit  facility  approximates  the  fair  value  based  on  the 
current interest rate. 

Subordinated debt securities: Our trust preferred securities are reported at carry value of $56.7 million and $56.7 million, and have a 
fair value of $53.2 million and $48.2 million, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The fair value of our trust preferred 
securities is based on discounted cash flows using current yields to maturity of 8.0% and 8.0% as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, 
respectively,  which  are  based  on  similar  issues  to  discount  future  cash  flows  and  would  be  included  in  Level  3  of  the  fair  value 
hierarchy if they were reported at fair value. 

For reinsurance balances, premiums receivable, federal income tax payable, other assets and other liabilities, the carrying amounts 
approximate fair value because of the short maturity of such financial instruments. 

Investments 

Debt and equity securities available for sale are reported at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are recorded as a component of 
stockholders’ equity, net of related tax effects. Equity securities that are determined to have other-than-temporary impairment are 
recognized as a loss on investments in the consolidated statements of operations. Debt securities that are determined to have other-
than-temporary impairment are recognized as a loss on investments in the consolidated statements of operations for the portion that 
is related to credit deterioration with the remaining portion recognized in other comprehensive income. Debt security premiums and 
discounts are amortized into earnings using the effective interest method. Maturities of debt securities and sales of equity securities 
are recorded in receivable for securities until the cash is settled. Purchases of debt and equity securities are recorded in payable for 
securities until the cash is settled. 

Realized investment gains and losses are recognized in operations on the specific identification method. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. 

Restricted Cash 

We  collect  premiums  from  customers  and,  after  deducting  authorized  commissions,  remit  these  premiums  to  the  Company’s 
consolidated insurance subsidiaries. Unremitted insurance premiums are held in a fiduciary capacity until disbursed to the Company’s 
consolidated insurance subsidiaries. 

Premiums Receivable 

Premiums receivable represent amounts due from policyholders or independent agents for premiums written and uncollected. These 
balances are carried at net realizable value. 

F-9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

Reinsurance 

We  are  routinely  involved  in  reinsurance  transactions  with  other  companies.  Reinsurance  premiums,  losses  and  loss  adjustment 
expenses (“LAE”) are accounted for on bases consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of 
the reinsurance contracts. (See Note 7.)  

Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs 

Policy  acquisition  costs  (mainly  commission,  underwriting  and  marketing  expenses)  that  are  directly  related  to  the  successful 
acquisition  of  new  and  renewal  insurance  contracts  are  deferred  and  charged  to  operations  over  periods  in  which  the  related 
premiums are earned. The method followed in computing deferred policy acquisition costs limits the amount of such deferred costs 
to  their  estimated  realizable  value.  In  determining  estimated  realizable  value,  the  computation  gives  effect  to  the  premium  to  be 
earned, expected investment income, losses and LAE and certain other costs expected to be incurred as the premiums are earned. If 
the  computation  results  in  an  estimated  net  realizable  value  less  than  zero,  a  liability  will  be  accrued  for  the  premium  deficiency. 
During  2013,  2012  and  2011,  we  deferred  $55.0  million,  $62.2  million  and  $49.4  million  of  policy  acquisition  costs  and  amortized 
$57.3  million,  $59.8  million  and  $47.8  million  of  deferred  policy  acquisition  costs,  respectively.  Therefore,  the  net  (amortization) 
deferrals of policy acquisition costs were ($2.3) million, $2.4 million and $1.6 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  

Business Combinations 

We  account  for  business  combinations  using  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  pursuant  to  Accounting  Standards  Codification 
(“ASC”)  805,  “Business  Combinations.”  The  base  cash  purchase  price  plus  the  estimated  fair  value  of  any  non-cash  or  contingent 
consideration given for an acquired business is allocated to the assets acquired (including identified intangible assets) and liabilities 
assumed based on the estimated fair values of such assets and liabilities. The excess of the fair value of the total consideration given 
for  an  acquired  business  over  the  aggregate  net  fair  values  assigned  to  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  is  recorded  as 
goodwill.  Contingent  consideration  is  recognized  as  a  liability  at  fair  value  as  of  the  acquisition  date  with  subsequent  fair  value 
adjustments recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. The valuation of contingent consideration requires assumptions 
regarding  anticipated  cash  flows,  probabilities  of  cash  flows,  discount  rates  and  other  factors.  Significant  judgment  is  employed  in 
determining  the  propriety  of  these  assumptions  as  of  the  acquisition  date  and  for  each  subsequent  period.  Accordingly,  future 
business  and  economic  conditions,  as  well  as  changes  in  any  of  the  assumptions,  can  materially  impact  the  amount  of  contingent 
consideration expense we record in any given period. Indirect and general expenses related to business combinations are expensed 
as incurred. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets, net 

We account for our goodwill and intangible assets according to ASC 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other.” ASC 350 (1) prohibits the 
amortization of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, (2) requires testing of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets on 
an  annual  basis  for  impairment  (and  more  frequently  if  the  occurrence  of  an  event  or  circumstance  indicates  an  impairment),  (3) 
requires testing of definite-lived intangible assets if the occurrence of an event or circumstances indicates an impairment, (4) requires 
that reporting units be identified for the purpose of assessing potential future impairments of goodwill, and (5) removes the forty-
year  limitation  on  the  amortization  period  of  intangible  assets  that  have  finite  lives.    We  have  elected  to  perform  our  goodwill 
impairment test on the first day of the fourth quarter, October 1, of each year. 

Leases 

We have several leases, primarily for office facilities and computer equipment, which expire in various years through 2022. Some of 
these leases include rent escalation provisions throughout the term of the lease. We expense the average annual cost of the lease 
with the  difference to the actual rent invoices recorded as deferred rent which is classified  in accounts payable and other accrued 
expenses on our consolidated balance sheets.  

F-10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment (including leasehold improvements), aggregating $14.7 million and $13.6 million, at December 31, 2013 and 
2012, respectively, which is included in other assets, is recorded at cost and is depreciated using the straight-line method over the 
estimated useful lives of the assets (three to ten years). Depreciation expense for 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $1.2 million, $1.2 million 
and  $1.5  million,  respectively.  Accumulated  depreciation  was  $12.6  million  and  $11.4  million  at  December  31,  2013  and  2012, 
respectively. 

Variable Interest Entities 

On June 21, 2005, we formed Hallmark Statutory Trust I (“Trust I”), an unconsolidated trust subsidiary, for the sole purpose of issuing 
$30.0  million  in  trust  preferred  securities.  Trust  I  used  the  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  these  securities  and  our  initial  capital 
contribution to purchase $30.9 million of subordinated debt securities from Hallmark. The debt securities are the sole assets of Trust 
I, and the payments under the debt securities are the sole revenues of Trust I. 

On August 23, 2007, we formed Hallmark Statutory Trust II (“Trust II”), an unconsolidated  trust  subsidiary, for  the sole purpose  of 
issuing $25.0 million in trust preferred securities. Trust II used the proceeds from the sale of these securities and our initial capital 
contribution to purchase $25.8 million of subordinated debt securities from Hallmark. The debt securities are the sole assets of Trust 
II, and the payments under the debt securities are the sole revenues of Trust II. 

We  evaluate  on  an  ongoing  basis  our  investments  in  Trust  I  and  Trust  II  (collectively,  (the  “Trusts”))  and  we  do  not  have  variable 
interests in the Trusts. Therefore, the Trusts are not consolidated in our consolidated financial statements. 

We  are  also  involved  in  the  normal  course  of  business  with  variable  interest  entities  primarily  as  a  passive  investor  in  mortgage-
backed  securities  and  certain  collateralized  corporate  bank  loans  issued  by  third  party  variable  interest  entities.  The  maximum 
exposure to loss with respect to these investments is limited to the investment carrying values included in the consolidated balance 
sheets. 

Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses 

Losses and LAE represent the estimated ultimate net cost of all reported and unreported losses incurred through December 31, 2013, 
2012 and 2011. The reserves for unpaid losses and LAE are estimated using individual case-basis valuations and statistical analyses. 
These  estimates  are  subject  to  the  effects  of  trends  in  loss  severity  and  frequency.  Although  considerable  variability  is  inherent  in 
such  estimates,  we  believe  that  the  reserves  for  unpaid  losses  and  LAE  are  adequate.  The  estimates  are  continually  reviewed  and 
adjusted as experience develops or new information becomes known. Such adjustments are included in current operations. 

Redeemable Non-Controlling Interest 

We accreted the redeemable non-controlling interest to its redemption value from the date of issuance to the redemption date using 
the  interest  method.  Changes  in  redemption  value  were  considered  a  change  in  accounting  estimate.  We  followed  the  two  class 
method of computing earnings per share. We treated only the portion of the periodic adjustment to the redeemable non-controlling 
interest carrying amount that reflects a redemption in excess of fair value as being akin to an actual dividend. Effective September 30, 
2012, we exercised our call option and acquired the remaining 20% membership interests in the subsidiaries for $1.7 million.  

Activity related to non-controlling interest for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows (in thousands): 

Beginning balance 
Accretion of redeemable non-controlling interest 
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest 
Distribution to non-controlling interest 
Redemption of non-controlling interest 
Other 
Ending balance 

2013 

2012 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$ 

$ 

1,284 
392 
324 
(281 ) 
(1,700 ) 
(19 ) 
- 

$ 

$ 

F-11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
 
  
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

Recognition of Premium Revenues 

Insurance premiums are earned pro rata over the terms of the policies. Insurance policy fees are earned as of the effective date of the 
policy. Upon cancellation, any unearned premium is refunded to the insured. Insurance premiums written include gross policy fees of 
$13.2  million,  $11.8  million  and  $13.5  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013,  2012,  and  2011,  respectively.  Insurance 
premiums  on  monthly  reporting  workers’  compensation  policies  are  earned  on  the  conclusion  of  the  monthly  coverage  period. 
Deposit premiums for workers’ compensation policies are earned upon the expiration of the policy. 

Finance Charges 

We receive premium installment fees for each direct bill payment from policyholders. Installment fee income is classified as finance 
charges on the consolidated statement of operations and is recognized as the fee is invoiced. 

Relationship with Third Party Insurers 

Through  December  31,  2005,  our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  business  unit  marketed  policies  on  behalf  of  Clarendon  National 
Insurance Company (“Clarendon”), a third-party insurer. Through December 31, 2008, all business of our E&S Commercial business 
unit  was  produced  under  a  fronting  agreement  with  member  companies  of  the  Republic  Group  (“Republic”),  a  third-party  insurer. 
These  insurance  contracts  on  third  party  paper  are  accounted  for  under  agency  accounting.  Ceding  commissions  and  other  fees 
received  under  these  arrangements  were  classified  as  unearned  commission  revenue  until  earned  pro  rata  over  the  terms  of  the 
policies.  

Profit  sharing  commission  is  calculated  and  recognized  when  the  loss  ratio,  as  determined  by  a  qualified  actuary,  deviates  from 
contractual targets. We received a provisional commission as policies were produced as an advance against the later determination of 
the profit sharing commission actually earned. The profit sharing commission is an estimate that varies with the estimated loss ratio 
and  is  sensitive  to  changes  in  that  estimate.      Profit  share  commission  is  classified  as  commissions  and  fees  on  the  consolidated 
statement of operations 

The following table details the profit sharing commission provisional loss ratio compared to the estimated ultimate loss ratio for each 
effective quota share treaty between the Standard Commercial P&C business unit and Clarendon.  

Provisional loss ratio 
Estimated ultimate loss ratio recorded to at December 31, 
2013 

  07/1/01 

Treaty Effective Dates 
      07/1/03 

 07/1/02 

  07/1/04 

60.0 %   
63.5  %   

59.0 %     
 64.5 %     

59.0 %   
60.9  %   

64.2 % 
63.7  % 

As  of  December  31,  2013,  we  had  a  net  receivable  of  $0.1  million  on  these  profit  share  treaties.  The  payable  or  receivable  is  the 
difference between the cash received to date and the recognized commission revenue based on the estimated ultimate loss ratio. 

The following table details the profit sharing commission revenue provisional loss ratio compared to the estimated ultimate loss ratio 
for the effective quota share treaty between the E&S Commercial business unit and Republic. 

Treaty Effective Dates 
01/01/07 

01/01/06 

01/01/08 

Provisional loss ratio 
Estimated ultimate loss ratio recorded to at December 31, 2013 

65.0 % 
58.6 % 

65.0 % 
63.2 % 

65.0 % 
59.0 % 

As  of  December  31,  2013,  we  had  a  net  payable  of  $1.2  million  on  these  profit  share  treaties.    The  payable  or  receivable  is  the 
difference between the cash received to date and the recognized commission revenue based on the estimated ultimate loss ratio. 

F-12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
  
    
    
 
  
  
  
 
   
     
     
 
  
  
  
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

Agent Commissions 

We pay monthly commissions to agents based on written premium produced, but generally recognize the expense pro rata over the 
term of the policy. If the policy is cancelled prior to its expiration, the unearned portion of the agent commission is refundable to us. 
The unearned portion of commissions paid to agents is included in deferred policy acquisition costs. Commission expenses related to 
the insurance policies issued by our Hallmark Select business unit for third party insurance carriers and not assumed by our insurance 
company subsidiaries are recognized as of the effective date of the policy. 

We annually pay a profit sharing commission to our independent agency force based upon the results of the business produced by 
each agent. We estimate and accrue this liability to commission expense in the year the business is produced.  

Commission expense is classified as other operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. 

Income Taxes 

We file a consolidated federal income tax return. Deferred federal income taxes reflect the future tax consequences of differences 
between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each year end. Deferred taxes are recognized 
using  the  liability  method,  whereby  tax  rates  are  applied  to  cumulative  temporary  differences  based  on  when  and  how  they  are 
expected to affect the tax return. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for tax rate changes in effect for the year in which 
these temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. 

Earnings Per Share 

The computation of earnings per share is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period 
plus the effect of common shares potentially issuable (in periods in which they have a dilutive effect), primarily from stock options. 
(See Notes 11 and 13.) 

Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements 

In  January  2013,  we  adopted  new  guidance  issued  by  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  related  to  reporting  and 
disclosure  requirements  about  changes  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  balances  and  reclassifications  out  of 
accumulated other comprehensive income. The new guidance is effective prospectively for fiscal and interim periods beginning after 
December 15, 2012. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations 
but did require additional disclosures. 

F-13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

2. 

Investments: 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investments in debt and equity securities by category is as follows (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 2013 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized corporate bank loans 
Municipal bonds 
Mortgage-backed 

$ 

$ 

78,894 
42,946 
102,053 
156,950 
27,784 

$ 

24 
1,379 
614 
2,577 
460 

Fair 
Value 
$  78,753 
43,875 
102,178 
157,552 
27,737 

(165 ) 
(450 ) 
(489 ) 
(1,975 ) 
(507 ) 

Amortized 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Total debt securities 

408,627 

5,054 

(3,586 ) 

410,095 

Total equity securities 

24,902 

26,642 

(314 ) 

51,230 

Total debt and equity securities 

$ 

433,529 

$ 

31,696 

$ 

(3,900 ) 

$  461,325 

As of December 31, 2012 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized corporate bank loans 
Municipal bonds 
Mortgage-backed 

$ 

$ 

40,050 
79,516 
106,093 
162,479 
9,662 

$ 

14 
2,794 
1,021 
4,023 
97 

(3 ) 
(763 ) 
(743 ) 
(2,770 ) 
(35 ) 

$  40,061 
81,547 
106,371 
163,732 
9,724 

Total debt securities 

397,800 

7,949 

(4,314 ) 

401,435 

Total equity securities 

31,502 

12,938 

(515 ) 

43,925 

Total debt and equity securities 

$ 

 429,302 

$ 

20,887 

$ 

(4,829 ) 

$  445,360 

F-14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
 
 
 
  
  
   
 
 
  
  
   
 
 
  
   
   
    
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
   
   
  
 
  
   
   
  
 
  
   
   
  
 
  
   
   
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
 
  
   
   
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
 
  
   
   
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
    
     
     
      
 
 
    
     
     
      
 
 
  
    
    
     
  
    
     
     
      
 
 
    
     
     
      
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
   
   
  
 
  
   
   
  
 
  
   
   
  
 
  
   
   
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
 
  
   
   
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
 
  
   
   
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

Major categories of net investment income are summarized as follows (in thousands): 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized corporate bank loans 
Municipal bonds 
Mortgage-backed 
Equity securities 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Investment expenses 
Investment income, net of expenses 

Twelve Months Ended 
December 31 
2012 

2011 

2013 

$ 

$ 

143 
2,341 
4,653 
5,245 
737 
484 
157 
13,760 
(876 ) 
12,884 

$ 

$ 

53 
4,218 
5,261 
5,616 
106 
534 
246 
16,034 
(741 ) 
15,293 

$ 

$ 

115 
3,851 
5,284 
6,632 
86 
484 
163 
16,615 
(735 ) 
15,880 

No investments in any entity or its affiliates exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2013 or 2012. 

Major categories of net realized gains on investments are summarized as follows (in thousands): 

Twelve Months Ended 
December 31 
2012 

2013 

2011 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized corporate bank loans 
Municipal bonds 
Equity securities 
Net realized gain 
Other-than-temporary impairments 
Gain on investments 

$ 

$ 

$ 

- 
853 
373 
(156 ) 
9,470 
10,540 
- 
10,540 

$ 

$ 

- 
13 
391 
(441 ) 
2,226 
2,189 
(246 ) 
1,943 

$ 

35 
300 
699 
(500 ) 
3,099 
3,633 
- 
3,633 

We realized gross gains on investments of $10.9 million, $2.9 million, and $4.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 
2012 and 2011, respectively. We realized gross losses on investments of $0.4 million, $0.7 million and $1.0 million during the years 
ended  December  31,  2013,  2012  and  2011,  respectively.  We  recorded  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  investment  securities  of  $33.4 
million, $12.4 million and $62.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Realized investment 
gains and losses are recognized in operations on the specific identification method. 

F-15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
   
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
   
   
 
  
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
   
   
 
  
   
   
 
  
   
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

The following schedules summarize the gross unrealized losses showing the length of time that investments have been continuously in an 
unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in thousands): 

U.S. Treasury securities and 
obligations of U.S. Government 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized corporate bank loans 
Municipal bonds 
Mortgage-backed 

Total debt securities 

As of December 31, 2013 

12 months or less 

Longer than 12 months 

Total 

Fair Value 

Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair Value 

Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair Value 

Unrealized 
Losses 

$ 

$ 

47,162 
5,649 
23,026 
35,719 
1,383 
112,939 

$ 

(165 ) 
(56 ) 
(422 ) 
(413 ) 
(229 ) 
(1,285 ) 

$ 

- 
4,421 
6,968 
34,684 
4,840 
50,913 

- 
(394 ) 
(67 ) 
(1,562 ) 
(278 ) 
(2,301 ) 

$  47,162 
10,070 
29,994 
70,403 
6,223 
163,852 

$ 

(165 ) 
(450 ) 
(489 ) 
(1,975 ) 
(507 ) 
(3,586 ) 

Total equity securities 

Total debt and equity securities 

$ 

316 
113,255 

$ 

(2 ) 
(1,287 ) 

$ 

2,721 
53,634 

$ 

(312 ) 
(2,613 ) 

3,037 
$  166,889 

(314 ) 
$  (3,900 ) 

U.S. Treasury securities and 

obligations of U.S. Government 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized corporate bank loans 
Municipal bonds 
Mortgage-backed 

Total debt securities 

12 months or less 

As of December 31, 2012 
Longer than 12 months 

Total 

Fair Value 

Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair Value 

Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair Value 

Unrealized 
Losses 

  $ 

23,998     $ 
10,802 
6,273 
30,073 
7,367 
78,513 

(3 )   $ 
(38 ) 
(97 ) 
(362 ) 
(32 ) 
(532 ) 

-     $ 

-     $ 

6,910 
14,236 
28,809 
84 
50,039 

(725 ) 
(646 ) 
(2,408 ) 
(3 ) 
(3,782 ) 

23,998     $ 
17,712 
20,509 
58,882 
7,451 
128,552 

(3 ) 
(763 ) 
(743 ) 
(2,770 ) 
(35 ) 
(4,314 ) 

Total equity securities 

Total debt and equity securities 

3,363 
81,876 

$ 

$ 

(515 ) 
(1,047 ) 

$ 

- 
50,039 

$ 

- 
(3,782 ) 

$ 

3,363 
131,915 

$ 

(515 ) 
(4,829 ) 

At  December  31,  2013,  the  gross  unrealized  losses  more  than  twelve  months  old  were  attributable  to  84  debt  security  positions.  At 
December 31, 2012, the gross unrealized losses more than twelve months old were attributable to 56 debt security positions. We consider 
these losses as a temporary decline in value as they are predominately on bonds that we do not intend to sell and do not believe we will 
be required to sell prior to recovery of our amortized cost basis. We see no other indications that the decline in values of these securities is 
other-than-temporary. 

Based  on  evidence  gathered  through  our  normal  credit  evaluation  process,  we  presently  expect  that  all  debt  securities  held  in  our 
investment  portfolio  will  be  paid  in  accordance  with  their  contractual  terms.  Nonetheless,  it  is  at  least  reasonably  possible  that  the 
performance of certain issuers of these debt securities will be worse than currently expected resulting in future write-downs within our 
portfolio of debt securities. 

F-16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
     
    
 
    
 
    
 
     
 
    
 
    
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
     
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
     
   
     
     
     
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

Also, as a result of the challenging market conditions, we expect the volatility in the valuation of our equity securities to continue in the 
foreseeable future. This volatility may lead to impairments on our equity securities portfolio or changes regarding retention strategies for 
certain equity securities. 

We  complete  a  detailed  analysis  each  quarter  to  assess  whether  any  decline  in  the  fair  value  of  any  investment  below  cost  is  deemed 
other-than-temporary. All securities with an unrealized loss are reviewed. We recognize an impairment loss when an investment's value 
declines below cost, adjusted for accretion, amortization and previous other-than-temporary impairments and it  is determined that the 
decline is other-than-temporary. We did not recognized other-than-temporary losses on our debt securities portfolio during 2013. 

Debt  Investments:  We  assess  whether  we  intend  to  sell,  or  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  we  will  be  required  to  sell,  a  fixed  maturity 
investment  before  recovery  of  its  amortized  cost  basis  less  any  current  period  credit  losses.  For  fixed  maturity  investments  that  are 
considered other-than-temporarily impaired and that we do not intend to sell and will not be required to sell, we separate the amount of 
the  impairment  into  the  amount  that  is  credit  related  (credit  loss  component)  and  the  amount  due  to  all  other  factors.  The  credit  loss 
component  is  recognized  in  earnings  and  is  the  difference  between  the  investment’s  amortized  cost  basis  and  the  present  value  of  its 
expected future cash flows. The remaining difference between the investment’s fair value and the present value of future expected cash 
flows is recognized in other comprehensive income. 

Equity Investments: Some of the factors considered in evaluating whether a decline in fair value for an equity investment is other-than-
temporary include: (1) our ability and intent to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in 
value; (2) the recoverability of cost; (3) the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost; and (4) the financial 
condition and near-term and long-term prospects for the issuer, including the relevant industry conditions and trends, and implications of 
rating agency actions and offering prices. When it is determined that an equity investment is other-than-temporarily impaired, the security 
is written down to fair value, and the amount of the impairment is included in earnings as a realized investment loss. The fair value then 
becomes the new cost basis of the investment, and any subsequent recoveries in fair value are recognized at disposition. We recognize a 
realized loss when impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary even if a decision to sell an equity investment has not been made. 
When  we  decide  to  sell  a  temporarily  impaired  available-for-sale  equity  investment  and  we  do  not  expect  the  fair  value  of  the  equity 
investment  to  fully  recover  prior  to  the  expected  time  of  sale,  the  investment  is  deemed  to  be  other-than-temporarily  impaired  in  the 
period in which the decision to sell is made. 

The  amortized  cost  and  estimated  fair  value  of  debt  securities  at  December  31,  2013  by  contractual  maturity  are  as  follows.  Expected 
maturities  may  differ  from  contractual  maturities  because  certain  borrowers  may  have  the  right  to  call  or  prepay  obligations  with  or 
without penalties. 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
Value 

Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 
Mortgage-backed 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(in thousands) 
71,490 
162,203 
107,915 
39,235 
27,784 
408,627 

71,969 
163,006 
108,761 
38,622 
27,737 
410,095 

$ 

We have certain of our securities pledged for the benefit of various state insurance departments and reinsurers. These securities are 
included with our available-for-sale debt securities because we have the ability to trade these securities. We retain the interest earned on 
these securities. These securities had a carrying value of $29.1 million at December 31, 2013 and a carrying value of $24.3 million at 
December 31, 2012. 

F-17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

3.   Fair Value: 

ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure requirements about 
fair value measurements. ASC 820, among other things, requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of 
unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. In addition, ASC 820 precludes the use of block discounts when measuring the fair 
value of instruments traded in an active market, which were previously applied to large holdings of publicly traded equity securities. 

We determine the fair value of our financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established in ASC 820. In accordance with 
ASC 820, we utilize the following fair value hierarchy: 

• 

• 

• 

Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets; 

Level 2: inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, 
inputs of identical assets for less active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 
or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the instrument; and 

Level 3: inputs to the valuation methodology that are unobservable for the asset or liability. 

This hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. 

Under ASC 820, we determine fair value based on the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in  an 
orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. It is our policy to maximize the use of observable inputs 
and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements, in accordance with the fair value hierarchy 
described  above.  Fair  value  measurements  for  assets  and  liabilities  where  there  exists  limited  or  no  observable  market  data  are 
calculated based upon our pricing policy, the economic and competitive environment, the characteristics of the asset or liability and 
other factors as appropriate. These estimated fair values may not be realized upon actual sale or immediate settlement of the asset 
or liability. 

Where quoted prices are available on active exchanges for identical instruments, investment securities are classified within Level 1 of 
the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 investment securities include common and preferred stock. 

Level 2 investment securities include corporate bonds, collateralized corporate bank loans, municipal bonds, U.S. Treasury securities, 
other  obligations  of  the  U.S.  Government  and  mortgage-backed  securities  for  which  quoted  prices  are  not  available  on  active 
exchanges for identical instruments. We use third party pricing services to determine fair values for each Level 2 investment security 
in  all  asset  classes.  Since  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  are  not  available,  these  prices  are  determined  using 
observable market information such as quotes from less active markets and/or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, 
among other things. We have reviewed the processes used by the pricing services and have determined that they result in fair values 
consistent with the requirements of ASC 820 for Level 2 investment securities. In addition, using the prices received for the securities 
from the third party pricing services, we compare a sample of the prices against additional sources. We have not adjusted any prices 
received from third party pricing services. There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 securities. 

In cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, investment securities are classified within 
Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 3 investments are valued based on the best available data in order to approximate fair value. 
This  data  may  be  internally  developed  and  consider  risk  premiums  that  a  market  participant  would  require.  Investment  securities 
classified within Level 3 include other less liquid investment securities. 

F-18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

The following table presents for each of the fair value hierarchy levels, our assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at 
December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in thousands). 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized corporate bank loans 
Municipal bonds 
Mortgage-backed 

Total debt securities 

Total equity securities 
Total debt and equity securities 

$ 

$ 

As of December 31, 2013 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

$ 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$ 

78,753 
43,875 
101,585 
140,628 
27,737 
392,578 

$ 

- 
- 
593 
16,924 
- 
17,517 

Total 

78,753 
43,875 
102,178 
157,552 
27,737 
410,095 

51,230 
51,230 

$ 

- 
392,578 

$ 

- 
17,517 

$ 

51,230 
461,325 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. 

Government 
Corporate bonds 
Collateralized corporate bank loans 
Municipal bonds 
Mortgage-backed 

Total debt securities 

Total equity securities 
Total debt and equity securities 

$ 

$ 

As of December 31, 2012 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

$ 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$ 

40,061 
81,547 
105,463 
144,972 
9,724 
381,767 

$ 

- 
- 
908 
18,760 
- 
19,668 

Total 

40,061 
81,547 
106,371 
163,732 
9,724 
401,435 

43,925 
43,925 

$ 

- 
381,767 

$ 

- 
19,668 

$ 

43,925 
445,360 

F-19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
   
   
     
 
 
 
   
   
     
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
  
     
     
     
 
 
   
   
   
 
  
     
     
     
 
  
     
     
     
 
  
     
     
     
 
  
     
     
     
 
  
     
     
     
 
 
    
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
  
     
     
     
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
   
   
     
 
 
 
   
   
     
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
     
       
       
       
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
     
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

Due to significant unobservable  inputs into the valuation model  for certain municipal bonds and  a collateralized corporate bank loan in 
illiquid markets, we classified these as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. We used an income approach in order to derive an estimated fair 
value  of  the  municipal  bonds  classified  as  Level  3,  which  included  inputs  such  as  expected  holding  period,  benchmark  swap  rate, 
benchmark discount rate and a discount rate premium for illiquidity. The fair value of the collateralized corporate bank loan classified as 
level 3 is based on discounted cash flows using current yield to maturity of 9.3%, which is based on the relevant spread over LIBOR for this 
particular  loan  to  discount  future  cash  flows.  Significant  changes  in  the  unobservable  inputs  in  the  fair  value  measurement  of  our 
municipal bonds and collateralized corporate bank loan could result in a significant change in the fair value measurement. 

The following table summarizes the changes in fair value for all financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant 
unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands). 

2013 

2012 

Beginning balance as of January 1 
Sales 
Settlements 
Purchases 
Issuances 
Total realized/unrealized gains included in net income 
Net gains (losses) included in other comprehensive 
income 
Transfers into Level 3 
Transfers out of Level 3 
Ending balance as of December 31 

$ 

$ 

$ 

19,668 
(3,157 ) 
- 
- 
- 
- 

1,006 
- 
- 
17,517 

$ 

20,608 
(429 ) 
- 
- 
- 
- 

(511 ) 
- 
- 
19,668 

 4.  Goodwill and Intangible Assets: 

Effective August 29, 2008, we acquired 80% of the issued and outstanding membership interests in Heath XS, LLC and Hardscrabble 
Data Solutions, LLC for consideration of $15.0 million. In connection with the acquisition, we executed an operating agreement for 
each  subsidiary.  The  operating  agreements  granted  us  the  right  to  purchase  the  remaining  20%  membership  interests  in  the 
subsidiaries and granted an affiliate of the seller the right to require us to purchase such remaining membership interests. Effective 
September 30, 2012, we exercised our call option and acquired the remaining 20% membership interests in the subsidiaries for $1.7 
million. 

Effective  July  1,  2011,  we  acquired  all  of  the  issued  and  outstanding  capital  stock  of  TBIC  Holding  for  initial  consideration  of  $1.6 
million  paid  in  cash  on  July  1,  2011.  In  addition,  a  holdback  purchase  price  of  $350  thousand  was  paid  during  the  third  quarter  of 
2012. A contingent purchase price of up to $3.0 million may become payable following 16 full calendar quarters after closing based 
upon a formula contained in the acquisition agreement. We recorded a bargain purchase gain of $165 thousand on the acquisition 
which is reported in other income. The gain resulted from the difference in the estimated purchase price and the fair value of the net 
assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  as  of  July  1,  2011.  TBIC  is  a  Texas  domiciled  insurance  company  that  writes  workers 
compensation insurance through independent agents in Texas only. 

Goodwill  is  tested  for  impairment  at  the  reporting  unit  level  (operating  segment  or  one  level  below  an  operating  segment)  on  an 
annual basis (October 1) and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce 
the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value.  For purposes of evaluating goodwill for impairment, we have determined 
that our reporting units are the same as our business units except for the Hallmark Select business unit for which reporting units are 
at the component level (“one level below”). Our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 includes goodwill of acquired 
businesses of $44.7 million that is assigned to our business units as follows: Standard Commercial P&C business unit - $2.1 million; 
E&S Commercial business unit - $19.9 million; Hallmark Select business unit- $17.4 million (comprised of $7.7 million for the excess & 
umbrella  component  and  $9.7  million  for  the  general  aviation  and  satellite  component);  and  Personal  Lines  business  unit  -  $5.3 
million.  This  amount  has  been  recorded  as  a  result  of  prior  business  acquisitions  accounted  for  under  the  acquisition  method  of 
accounting.  Under  ASC  350,  “Intangibles-  Goodwill  and  Other,”  goodwill  is  tested  for  impairment  annually.  We  completed  our  last 
annual test for impairment on the first day of the fourth quarter of 2013 and determined that there was no impairment.  

F-20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
  
   
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

The income approach to determining fair value computed the projections of the cash flows that the reporting unit was expected to 
generate  converted  into  a  present  value  equivalent  through  discounting.  Significant  assumptions  in  the  income  approach  model 
included  income  projections,  discount  rates  and  terminal  growth  values.  The  income  projections  reflected  an  improved  premium 
pricing environment across most of our lines of business that began in 2012 and continued throughout 2013. The income projections 
also included loss and LAE assumptions which reflected recent historical claim trends and the movement towards a more favorable 
pricing environment. The income projections also included assumptions for expense growth and investment yields which were based 
on  business  plans  for  each  of  our  business  units.  The  discount  rate  was  based  on  a  risk  free  rate  plus  a  beta  adjusted  equity  risk 
premium  and  specific  company  risk  premium.  The  assumptions  were  based  on  historical  experience,  expectations  of  future 
performance,  expected  market  conditions  and  other  factors  requiring  judgment  and  estimates.  While  we  believe  the  assumptions 
used in these models were reasonable, the inherent uncertainty in predicting future performance and market conditions may change 
over time and influence the outcome of future testing. 

During  2013,  2012,  and  2011,  we  completed  the  first  step  prescribed  by  ASC  350  for  testing  for  impairment  and  determined  that 
there was no impairment. 

We have obtained various intangible assets from several acquisitions since 2002. The table below details the gross and net carrying 
amounts of these assets by major category (in thousands): 

Gross Carrying Amount: 
Customer/agent relationships 
Tradename 
Management agreement 
Non-compete & employment agreements 
Insurance licenses 
Total gross carrying amount 

Accumulated Amortization: 
Customer/agent relationships 
Tradename 
Management agreement 
Non-compete & employment agreements 
Total accumulated amortization 
Total net carrying amount 

December 31, 

2013 

2012 

$ 

32,177 
3,440 
3,232 
4,235 
1,300 
44,384 

32,177 
3,440 
3,232 
4,235 
1,300 
44,384 

(15,322 ) 
(1,700 ) 
(3,232 ) 
(4,177 ) 
(24,431 ) 
19,953 

$ 

(13,084 ) 
(1,471 ) 
(2,895 ) 
(3,866 ) 
(21,316 ) 
23,068 

$ 

$ 

Insurance licenses are  not amortized because they  have an indefinite  life. We amortize  definite-lived intangible assets straight line 
over their respective lives. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for definite-lived intangible assets for the next five years is 
as follows (in thousands): 

2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

2,526 
2,468 
2,468 
2,468 
2,468 

The weighted average amortization period for definite-lived intangible assets by major class is as follows: 

Tradename 
Customer relationships 
Management agreement 
Non-compete agreements 

Years 
15 
15 
4 
5 

The aggregate weighted average period to amortize these assets is approximately 13 years.  

F-21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
     
 
 
 
   
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
 
  
 
     
 
 
  
 
     
 
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

 5.  Other Assets: 

The following table details our other assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands): 

Profit sharing commission receivable 
Accrued investment income 
Debt issuance costs 
Investment in unconsolidated trust subsidiaries 
Fixed assets 
Other assets 

2013 

2012 

641 
3,030 
1,156 
1,702 
1,773 
110 
8,412 

$ 

$ 

2,083 
3,568 
1,207 
1,702 
2,284 
141 
10,985 

$ 

$ 

 6.  Reserves for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses: 

Activity in the reserves for unpaid losses and LAE is summarized as follows (in thousands): 

Balance at January 1 
Less reinsurance recoverable 
Net Balance at January 1 

$ 

2013 
313,416 
49,584 
263,832 

$ 

2012 
296,945 
42,044 
254,901 

$ 

2011 
251,677 
37,954 
213,723 

Acquisition of subsidiaries effective July 1 

- 

- 

8,816 

Incurred related to: 

Current year 
Prior years 

Total incurred 

Paid related to: 

Current year 
Prior years 

Total paid 

Net Balance at December 31 

Plus reinsurance recoverable 

Balance at December 31 

251,391 
9,954 
261,345 

230,089 
(3,675 ) 
226,414 

222,869 
16,366 
239,235 

101,897 
110,812 
212,709 

107,945 
109,538 
217,483 

101,025 
105,848 
206,873 

312,468 
70,172 
382,640 

$ 

263,832 
49,584 
313,416 

$ 

254,901 
42,044 
296,945 

$ 

The  $10.0  million  unfavorable  development,  $3.7  million  favorable  development  and  $16.4  million  unfavorable  development  in  prior 
accident years recognized in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, represent normal changes in our loss reserve estimates. In 2013 and 2011, 
the  aggregate  loss  reserve  estimates  for  prior  years  were  increased  to  reflect  unfavorable  loss  development  when  the  available 
information indicated a reasonable likelihood that the ultimate losses would be more than the previous estimates. In 2012, the aggregate 
loss reserve  estimates for prior  years were  decreased to reflect  favorable loss  development when the available information indicated a 
reasonable  likelihood  that  the  ultimate  losses  would  be  less  than  the  previous  estimates.  Generally,  changes  in  reserves  are  caused  by 
variations between actual experience and previous expectations and by reduced emphasis on the Bornhuetter-Ferguson method due to 
the aging of the accident years. 

F-22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
   
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
   
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

The  $10.0  million  increase  in  reserves  for  unpaid  losses  and  LAE  recognized  in  2013  was  attributable  to  $5.0  million  unfavorable 
development on claims incurred in the 2012 accident year, $1.7 million unfavorable development on claims incurred in the 2011 accident 
year and $3.3 million unfavorable development on claims incurred in the 2010 and prior accident years.  Our E&S Commercial business 
unit and Personal Lines business unit accounted for $16.0 million and $1.8 million of the increase in reserves recognized during 2013.  The 
increase in reserves for our E&S Commercial business unit was primarily related to commercial auto liability line of business.  The increase 
in  reserves  for  our  Personal  Lines  business  unit  was  primarily  related  to  personal  auto  in  the  2012  accident  year.    These  unfavorable 
developments were partially offset by favorable prior years’ loss development of $3.7 million in our Standard Commercial P&C business 
unit,  $2.6  million  in  our  Hallmark  Select  business  unit  and  $1.5  million  in  our  Workers  Compensation  business  unit.    The  decrease  in 
reserves for our Standard Commercial P&C business unit was primarily related to commercial auto and general liability line of business.  
The decrease in reserves for our Hallmark Select business unit was driven by $2.3 million of favorable claims development in the 2011 and 
prior accident years related to our aircraft liability lines of business, partially offset by $0.1 million unfavorable claims development in the 
2012 accident year related to our aircraft hull coverage.  Further contributing to the decrease in reserves for our Hallmark Select business 
unit was $0.4 million of favorable claims development in our excess & umbrella lines of business. The decrease in reserves for our Workers 
Compensation business unit was related to the 2012 and 2011 accident years. 

The $3.7 million decrease in reserves for unpaid losses and LAE recognized in 2012 was attributable to $0.4 million favorable development 
on claims incurred in the 2011 accident year, $0.8 million favorable development on claims incurred in the 2010 accident year and $2.5 
million  favorable  development  on  claims  incurred  in  the  2009  and  prior  accident  years.  Our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  business  unit, 
Hallmark Select business unit and E&S Commercial business unit accounted for $3.7 million, $3.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, of 
the decrease in reserves recognized during 2012. The decrease in reserves for our Standard Commercial P&C business unit was primarily 
related to commercial auto, commercial property and general liability lines of business. The decrease in reserves for our Hallmark Select 
business unit was primarily related to our aircraft liability lines of business. The decrease in reserves for our E&S Commercial business unit 
was primarily related to general liability. These favorable developments were partially offset by unfavorable prior years’ loss development 
of  $3.6  million  in  our  Personal  Lines  business  unit  related  to  auto  liability  claims  spread  throughout  various  states  and  our  low  value 
dwelling/homeowners line of business. 

The  $16.4  million  increase  in  reserves  for  unpaid  losses  and  LAE  recognized  in  2011  was  attributable  to  $15.0  million  unfavorable 
development on claims incurred in the 2010 accident year, $3.6 million unfavorable development on claims incurred in the 2009 accident 
year and $2.2 million favorable development on claims incurred in the 2008 and prior accident years. Our Personal Lines business unit and 
E&S  Commercial  business  unit  accounted  for  $19.6  million  and  $3.7  million,  respectively,  of  the  increase  in  reserves  recognized  during 
2011. The $19.6 million increase in reserves during 2011 for our Personal Lines business unit includes $10.3 million, which was attributable 
to Florida developing much worse than expected due primarily to rapid growth in the claim volume from Florida, the complexity related to 
Florida personal injury protection coverage claims and the high incidence of fraudulent claims in that market. The remaining unfavorable 
prior  years’  loss  development  for  our  Personal  Lines  business  unit  was  primarily  due  to  rapid  geographic  expansion.  The  increase  in 
reserves for our E&S Commercial business unit was primarily related to commercial auto and physical damage and general liability lines of 
business. These unfavorable developments were partially offset by favorable prior years’ loss development of $6.1 million in our Hallmark 
Select  business  unit  related  to  our  aircraft  liability  lines  of  business  and  $0.8  million  in  our  Standard  Commercial  P&C  business  unit 
primarily related to our commercial property lines of business. 

 7.  Reinsurance: 
We reinsure a portion of the risk we underwrite in order to control the exposure to losses and to protect capital resources. We cede to 
reinsurers a portion of these risks and pay premiums based upon the risk and exposure of the policies subject to such reinsurance. Ceded 
reinsurance involves credit risk and is generally subject to aggregate loss limits. Although the reinsurer is liable to us to the extent of the 
reinsurance  ceded,  we  are  ultimately  liable  as  the  direct  insurer  on  all  risks  reinsured.  Reinsurance  recoverables  are  reported  after 
allowances for uncollectible amounts. We monitor the financial condition of reinsurers on an ongoing basis and review our reinsurance 
arrangements  periodically.  Reinsurers  are  selected  based  on  their  financial  condition,  business  practices  and  the  price  of  their  product 
offerings. In order to mitigate credit risk to reinsurance companies, most of our reinsurance recoverable balance as of December 31, 2013 
was  with  reinsurers  that  had  an  A.M.  Best  rating  of  “A-”  or  better.  We  also  mitigate  our  credit  risk  for  the  remaining  reinsurance 
recoverable by obtaining letters of credit. 

F-23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

The following table presents our gross and net premiums written and earned and reinsurance recoveries for each of the last three years (in 
thousands): 

2013 

2012 

2011 

Premium Written : 

Direct 
Assumed 
Ceded 

Premium Earned: 

Direct 
Assumed 
Ceded 

Reinsurance recoveries 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

458,020 
2,007 
(99,262 ) 
360,765 

$ 

$ 

434,022 
3,204 
(76,685 ) 
360,541 

$ 

$ 

385,624 
4,218 
(57,353 ) 
332,489 

$  350,089 
4,792 
(51,005 ) 
$  303,876 

369,735 
4,114 
(54,413 ) 
319,436 

$  344,642 
5,438 
(57,039 ) 
$  293,041 

45,456 

$ 

29,014 

$  32,941 

Included in reinsurance recoverable on the consolidated balance sheets are paid loss recoverables of $6.1 million and $1.0 million as of 
December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

We currently reinsure the following exposures on business generated by our business units: 

• 

Property  catastrophe.  Our  property  catastrophe  reinsurance  reduces  the  financial  impact  a  catastrophe  could  have  on  our 
commercial and personal property insurance lines. Catastrophes might include multiple claims and policyholders. Catastrophes 
include hurricanes, windstorms, earthquakes, hailstorms, explosions, severe winter weather and fires. Our property catastrophe 
reinsurance  is  excess-of-loss  reinsurance,  which  provides  us  reinsurance  coverage  for  losses  in  excess  of  an  agreed-upon 
amount. We utilize catastrophe models to assist in determining appropriate retention and limits to purchase. Effective July 1, 
2013 the terms of our property catastrophe reinsurance are: 

and 

o  We retain the first $6.0 million of property catastrophe losses; and 

o 

Our reinsurers reimburse us 100% for any loss occurrence in excess of our $6.0 million retention up to $29.0 million 
for each catastrophic occurrence, subject to an aggregate limit of $58.0 million. 

• 

Commercial property. Our commercial property reinsurance is excess-of-loss coverage intended to reduce the financial impact a 
single-event  or  catastrophic  loss  may  have  on  our  results.  Effective  July  1,  2013  the  terms  of  our  commercial  property 
reinsurance are: 

o  We retain the first $1.0 million of loss for each commercial property risk; 

o  Our  reinsurers  reimburse  us  for  the  next  $5.0  million  for  each  commercial  property  risk,  and  $10.0  million  for  all 
commercial property risk involved in any one occurrence, in all cases subject to an aggregate limit of $30.0 million for 
all commercial property losses occurring during the treaty period; and 

o 

Individual risk facultative reinsurance is purchased on any commercial property with limits above $6.0 million. 

F-24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
    
     
     
 
 
  
  
 
  
   
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
   
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

• 

Commercial casualty. Our commercial casualty reinsurance is excess-of-loss coverage intended to reduce the financial impact a 
single-event loss may have on our results. Effective July 1, 2013 the terms of our commercial casualty reinsurance are: 

o  We retain the first $1.0 million of any commercial liability risk; and 

o 

Our reinsurers reimburse us for the next $5.0 million for each commercial liability risk. 

• 

Aviation.  Effective  July  1,  2013  we  purchased  proportional  reinsurance  where  we  cede  80%  of  the  risk  to  reinsurers  on  the 
aviation risks produced in all states by our Hallmark Select business unit. 

•  Occupational  Accident.    We  purchase  excess-of-loss  reinsurance  coverage  for  the  occupational  accident  insurance  product 

produced by our Standard Commercial P&C business unit.  The terms of occupational accident reinsurance are: 

o  We retain the first $1.0 million of any occupational accident risk; and 
o  Our reinsurers reimburse us for the next $5.0 million for each occupational accident risk up to $10.0 million for each 

occurrence. 

•  Workers Compensation. We purchase excess of loss reinsurance specific to the workers compensation risks underwritten by our 

Workers Compensation business unit. The terms of our workers compensation reinsurance are:  

o  We retain the first $1.0 million of each workers compensation loss; and 

o  Our  reinsurers  reimburse  us  100%  for  the  next  $14.0  million  for  each  workers  compensation  loss,  subject  to  a 
maximum  limit  of  $10.0  million  for  any  one  person  and  an  aggregate  limit  of  $28.0  million  for  all  workers 
compensation losses. 

Personal  Property.    Effective  February  1,  2013  we  purchased  proportional  reinsurance  where  we  cede  60%  of  the  risks  to 
reinsurers  on  the  low  value  dwelling/homeowners,  renters  and  manufactured  homes  coverages  produced  in  all  states  by  our 
Personal Lines business unit. 

Personal Auto. Effective October 1, 2013 we purchased proportional reinsurance where we cede 90% of the risks to reinsurers on 
the nonstandard automobile risks produced in certain states by our Personal Lines business unit. 

Standard  Commercial  P&C.  We  purchase  proportional  reinsurance  where  we  cede  100%  of  the  risks  to  reinsurers  on  the 
equipment  breakdown  coverage  on  our  commercial  multi-peril  property  and  business  owners  risks  and  on  the  employment 
practices liability coverage on certain commercial multi-peril, general liability and business owners risks. 

Excess  &  Umbrella.  We  purchase  proportional  reinsurance  where  we  retain  20%  of  each  risk  and  cede  the  remaining  80%  to 
reinsurers  on  the  commercial  umbrella  and  excess  liability  insurance  produced  by  our  Hallmark  Select  business  unit.  In  states 
where we are not yet licensed to offer a non-admitted product, we utilize a fronting arrangement pursuant to which we assume 
all of the risk and then retrocede a portion of that risk under the same proportional reinsurance treaty.  

Professional  Liability.    Effective  June  1,  2013,  we  purchased  proportional  reinsurance  on  our  medical  professional  liability  risks 
produced  by  our  Hallmark  Select  business  unit  where  we  retain  60%  of  each  risk  and  cede  the  remaining  40%  to  reinsurers.  In 
states where we are not yet licensed to offer a non-admitted product, we utilize a fronting arrangement pursuant to which we 
assume all of the risk and then retrocede a portion of that risk under the same proportional reinsurance treaty.  

E&S Commercial. We purchase facultative reinsurance on our commercial umbrella and excess liability risks produced by our E&S 
Commercial business unit where we retain 10% of the first $1.0 million of risk and cede the remaining 90% to reinsurers. We cede 
100% of our commercial umbrella and excess liability risks in excess of $1.0 million. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

•  Hallmark  County  Mutual.  HCM  is  used  to  front  certain  lines  of  business  in  our  Specialty  Commercial  and  Personal  Segments  in 
Texas  where  we  previously  produced  policies  for  third  party  county  mutual  insurance  companies  and  reinsured  100%  for  a 
fronting fee. In addition, HCM is used to front business produced by unaffiliated third parties. HCM does not retain any business. 

F-25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

•  Hallmark  National  Insurance  Company.  Simultaneous  with  the  December  31,  2010  closing  of  our  acquisition  of  HNIC,  HNIC 
entered into reinsurance contracts with an affiliate of the seller pursuant to which such affiliate of the seller handles all claims 
and assumes all liabilities arising under policies issued by HNIC prior to closing or during a transition period following the closing. 

 8.  Revolving Credit Facility and Notes Payable: 

Our First Restated Credit Agreement with The Frost National Bank dated January 27, 2006, as amended to date, provides a revolving 
credit facility of $15.0 million. We pay interest on the outstanding balance at our election at a rate of the prime rate or LIBOR plus 
2.5%. We pay an annual fee of 0.25% of the average daily unused balance of the credit facility. We pay letter of credit fees at the rate 
of 1.00% per annum. Our obligations under the revolving credit facility are secured by a security interest in the capital stock of all of 
our subsidiaries, guarantees of all of our subsidiaries and the pledge of all of our non-insurance company assets. The revolving credit 
facility contains covenants that, among other things, require us to maintain certain financial and operating ratios and restrict certain 
distributions, transactions and organizational changes. As of December 31, 2013, we were in compliance with all of our covenants. As 
of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the balance on the revolving note was $1.5 million and $1.5 million, respectively. The revolving note 
currently bears interest at 2.75% per annum. 

 9.  Subordinated Debt Securities: 

On  June  21,  2005,  we  entered  into  a  trust  preferred  securities  transaction  pursuant  to  which  we  issued  $30.9  million  aggregate 
principal amount of subordinated debt securities due in 2035. To effect the transaction, we formed Trust I as a Delaware statutory 
trust. Trust I issued $30.0 million of preferred  securities to investors and $0.9 million of common securities  to us. Trust I used the 
proceeds from these issuances to purchase the subordinated debt securities. Our Trust I subordinated debt securities bear an initial 
interest  rate  of  7.725%  until  June  15,  2015,  at  which  time  interest  will  adjust  quarterly  to  the  three-month  LIBOR  rate  plus  3.25 
percentage points. Trust I pays  dividends on its  preferred  securities at the same rate. Under  the terms of our Trust I subordinated 
debt  securities,  we  pay  interest  only  each  quarter  and  the  principal  of  the  note  at  maturity.  The  subordinated  debt  securities  are 
uncollaterized and do not require maintenance of minimum financial covenants. As of December 31, 2013, the balance of our Trust I 
subordinated debt was $30.9 million. 

On  August  23,  2007,  we  entered  into  a  trust  preferred  securities  transaction  pursuant  to  which  we  issued  $25.8  million  aggregate 
principal amount of subordinated debt securities due in 2037. To effect the transaction, we formed Trust II as a Delaware statutory 
trust. Trust II issued $25.0 million of preferred securities to investors and $0.8 million of common securities to us. Trust II used the 
proceeds from these issuances to purchase the subordinated debt securities. Our Trust II subordinated debt securities bear an initial 
interest rate of 8.28% until September 15, 2017, at which time interest will adjust quarterly to the three-month LIBOR rate plus 2.90 
percentage points. Trust II pays dividends on its preferred securities at the same rate. Under the terms of our Trust II subordinated 
debt  securities,  we  pay  interest  only  each  quarter  and  the  principal  of  the  note  at  maturity.  The  subordinated  debt  securities  are 
uncollaterized and do not require maintenance of minimum financial covenants. As of December 31, 2013, the balance of our Trust II 
subordinated debt was $25.8 million. 

 10.  Segment Information: 

We  pursue  our  business  activities  primarily  through  subsidiaries  whose  operations  are  organized  into  producing  units  and  are 
supported by our insurance carrier subsidiaries. Our non-carrier insurance activities are organized by business units into the following 
reportable segments: 

• 

Standard  Commercial  Segment.  The  Standard  Commercial  Segment 
lines  commercial 
property/casualty  and  occupational  accident  insurance  products  and  services  handled  by  our  Standard  Commercial  P&C 
business unit and the workers compensation insurance products handled by our Workers Compensation business unit. Our 
Standard Commercial P&C business  unit  is comprised of our American Hallmark Insurance Services and ECM subsidiaries. 
Our  Workers  Compensation  business  unit  is  comprised  of  our  TBIC  Holdings,  TBIC  and  TBICRM  subsidiaries.  The  Workers 
Compensation business unit was acquired July 1, 2011. 

includes  the  standard 

• 

Specialty  Commercial  Segment.  The  Specialty  Commercial  Segment  includes  the  excess  and  surplus  lines  commercial 
property/casualty insurance products and services handled by our E&S Commercial business unit and the general aviation, 

F-26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

commercial umbrella and excess liability, medical professional liability and satellite launch insurance products and services 
handled by our Hallmark Select business unit, as well as certain Specialty Programs which are managed at the parent level. 
Our E&S Commercial business unit is comprised of our HSU, PAAC and TGASRI subsidiaries. Our Hallmark Select business 
unit is comprised of our Aerospace Insurance Managers, ASRI, ACMG, HXS and HDS subsidiaries.  

• 

Personal  Segment.  The  Personal  Segment 
low  value 
dwelling/homeowners,  renters  and  motorcycle  insurance  products  and  services  handled  by  our  Personal  Lines  business 
unit which is comprised of American Hallmark General Agency, Inc. and Hallmark Claims Services, Inc., both of which do 
business as Hallmark Insurance Company.  

the  non-standard  personal  automobile, 

includes 

The  retained  premium  produced  by  these  reportable  segments  is  supported  by  our  AHIC,  HSIC,  HIC,  HNIC  and  TBIC  insurance 
company  subsidiaries.  In  addition,  control  and  management  of  HCM  is  maintained  through  our  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  CYR 
Insurance Management Company (“CYR”). CYR has as its primary asset a management agreement with HCM which provides for CYR 
to have management and control of HCM. HCM is used to front certain lines of business in our Specialty Commercial and Personal 
Segments in Texas. HCM does not retain any business. 

AHIC, HIC, HSIC and HNIC have entered into a pooling arrangement, pursuant to which AHIC retains 30% of the net premiums written 
by any of them, HIC retains 27% of the net premiums written by any of them, HSIC retains 30% of the net premiums written by any of 
them and HNIC retains 13% of the net premiums written by any of them. Neither HCM nor TBIC is a party to the intercompany pooling 
arrangement. 

F-27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

The following is additional business segment information for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in thousands): 

2013 

2012 

2011 

Revenues 
Standard Commercial Segment 
Specialty Commercial Segment 
Personal Segment 
Corporate 

Consolidated 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense 
Standard Commercial Segment 
Specialty Commercial Segment 
Personal Segment 
Corporate 

Consolidated 

Interest Expense 
Standard Commercial Segment 
Specialty Commercial Segment 
Personal Segment 
Corporate 

Consolidated 

Tax Expense (Benefit)  
Standard Commercial Segment 
Specialty Commercial Segment 
Personal Segment 
Corporate 

Consolidated 

Pre-tax Income (Loss), net of non-controlling interest 
Standard Commercial Segment 
Specialty Commercial Segment 
Personal Segment 
Corporate 

Consolidated 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

83,306 
229,734 
71,081 
5,307 
389,428 

201 
2,896 
1,111 
92 
4,300 

- 
- 
- 
4,599 
4,599 

312 
3,613 
(398 ) 
(692 ) 
2,835 

1,980 
19,527 
(3,416 ) 
(7,011 ) 
11,080 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

73,119 
178,917 
89,149 
615 
341,800 

186 
2,892 
1,230 
113 
4,421 

- 
- 
- 
4,634 
4,634 

372 
1,875 
(968 ) 
(1,753 ) 
(474 ) 

(2,486 ) 
25,932 
(8,535 ) 
(11,861 ) 
3,050 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

72,830 
142,838 
101,351 
5,752 
322,771 

174 
3,293 
1,431 
166 
5,064 

- 
- 
- 
4,631 
4,631 

(376 ) 
4,454 
(13,991 ) 
959 
(8,954 ) 

1,335 
14,348 
(29,647 ) 
(5,881 ) 
(19,845 ) 

F-28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

The following is additional business segment information as of the following dates (in thousands): 

Assets 
Standard Commercial Segment 
Specialty Commercial Segment 
Personal Segment 
Corporate 

Consolidated 

December 31, 

2013 

2012 

$  142,143 
536,894 
210,825 
19,161 
$  909,023 

$ 

$ 

145,162 
432,208 
200,356 
12,742 
790,468 

 11.  Earnings Per Share: 

We  have  adopted  the  provisions  of  ASC  260,  “Earnings  Per  Share,”  requiring  presentation  of  both  basic  and  diluted  earnings  per 
share.  A  reconciliation  of  the  numerators  and  denominators  of  the  basic  and  diluted  per  share  calculations  is  presented  below  (in 
thousands, except per share amounts): 

2013 

2012  

2011   

Numerator for both basic and diluted earnings per share: 
Net income (loss) attributable to Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. 

$ 

8,245 

  $ 

3,524  

$  (10,891 ) 

Denominator, basic shares 

Effect of dilutive securities: 

Stock-based compensation awards 

Denominator, diluted shares 

Basic earnings per share: 

Diluted earnings per share: 

19,263 

98 

19,361 

19,263  

19,673  

6  
19,269  

-  
19,673  

$ 

$ 

0.43 

  $ 

0.18  

$ 

(0.55 ) 

0.43 

  $ 

0.18  

$ 

(0.55 ) 

We had 779,999 shares, 794,999 shares and 809,999 shares of common stock potentially issuable upon exercise of employee stock 
options for years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, that were excluded from the weighted average number of 
shares outstanding on a diluted basis because the effect of such options would be anti-dilutive. These instruments expire at varying 
times from 2016 to 2021. 

F-29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
    
     
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
  
 
   
     
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

 12.  Regulatory Capital Restrictions: 

Hallmark, as a holding company, is dependent on dividend payments and management fees from its subsidiaries to fund its operating 
expenses,  debt  obligations  and  capital  needs,  including  the  ability  to  pay  dividends  to  its  stockholders.  Hallmark  has  never  paid 
dividends  on  its  common  stock.  Hallmark  intends  to  continue  this  policy  for  the  foreseeable  future  in  order  to  retain  earnings  for 
development of its business. There are no regulatory or contractual restrictions on the ability of Hallmark to pay dividends other than 
customary  default  provisions  and  the  impact  of  any  dividend  payment  on  financial  ratio  covenants  in  certain  credit  agreements. 
However there are restrictions on the ability of Hallmark’s insurance carrier subsidiaries to transfer funds to the holding company. 
The amount of retained earnings that is unrestricted for the payment of dividends by Hallmark to its shareholders was $29.8 million 
as of December 31, 2013. 

AHIC and TBIC, domiciled in Texas, are limited in the payment of dividends to their stockholders in any 12-month period, without the 
prior written consent of the Texas Department of Insurance, to the greater of statutory net income for the prior calendar year or 10% 
of statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the prior year end. HIC, domiciled in Arizona, is limited in the payment of dividends to the 
lesser  of  10%  of  prior  year  policyholders’  surplus  or  prior  year’s  net  investment  income,  without  prior  written  approval  from  the 
Arizona Department of Insurance. HSIC, domiciled in Oklahoma, is limited in the payment of dividends to the greater of 10% of prior 
year policyholders’ surplus or prior year’s statutory  net income, not including  realized capital  gains, without prior written approval 
from the Oklahoma Insurance Department. HNIC, domiciled in Ohio, is limited in the payment of dividends to the greater of 10% of 
statutory  policyholders’  surplus  as  of  the  prior  December  31  or  statutory  net  income  as  of  the  prior  December  31  without  prior 
written approval from the Ohio Insurance Department. For all our insurance companies, dividends may only be paid from unassigned 
surplus funds. During 2014, the aggregate ordinary dividend capacity of these subsidiaries is $22.5 million, of which $15.6 million is 
available  to  Hallmark.  As  a  county  mutual,  dividends  from  HCM  are  payable  to  policyholders.  None  of  our  insurance  company 
subsidiaries  paid  a  dividend  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  or  2012.  The  total  restricted  net  assets  of  our  insurance 
company subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013, was approximately $208.3 million. 

The  state  insurance  departments  also  regulate  financial  transactions  between  our  insurance  subsidiaries  and  their  affiliated 
companies. Applicable regulations require approval of management fees, expense sharing contracts and similar transactions. The net 
amount paid in management fees by our insurance subsidiaries  to Hallmark and our non-insurance company subsidiaries was $8.2 
million, $9.0 million and $6.0 million during each of 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. 

Statutory capital and surplus is calculated as statutory assets less statutory liabilities. The various state insurance departments that 
regulate  our  insurance  company  subsidiaries  require  us  to  maintain  a  minimum  statutory  capital  and  surplus.  As  of  December  31, 
2013  and  2012,  our  insurance  company  subsidiaries  reported  statutory  capital  and  surplus  of  $196.3  million  and  $176.5  million, 
respectively,  substantially  greater  than  the  minimum  requirements  for  each  state.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013,  2012, 
2011, respectively, our insurance company subsidiaries reported statutory net income of $6.1 million, statutory net income of $3.1 
million and statutory net loss of $17.2 million, respectively.  

The  National  Association  of  Insurance  Commissioners  requires  property/casualty  insurers  to  file  a  risk-based  capital  calculation 
according to a specified formula. The purpose of the formula is twofold: (1) to assess the adequacy of an insurer’s statutory capital 
and  surplus based upon a variety of factors such as potential risks related to investment  portfolio, ceded  reinsurance and  product 
mix; and (2) to assist state regulators under the RBC for Insurers Model Act by providing thresholds at which a state commissioner is 
authorized  and  expected  to  take  regulatory  action.  As  of  December  31,  2013,  the  adjusted  capital  under  the  risk-based  capital 
calculation of each of our insurance company subsidiaries substantially exceeded the minimum requirements. 

F-30 

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

 13.  Share-based Payment Arrangements: 

Our 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (“2005 LTIP”) is a stock compensation plan for key employees and non-employee directors that 
was initially approved by the shareholders on May 26, 2005.  There are 2,000,000 shares authorized for issuance under the 2005 LTIP.  
As of December 31, 2013, there were outstanding incentive stock options to purchase 1,083,332 shares of our common stock, non-
qualified stock options to purchase 304,157 shares of our common stock and restricted stock units representing the right to receive 
up to 355,277 shares of our common stock. There are 241,401 shares reserved for future issuance under the 2005 LTIP.  The exercise 
price of all such outstanding stock options is equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. 

Stock Options: 

Incentive stock options granted under the 2005 LTIP prior to 2009 vest 10%, 20%, 30% and 40% on the first, second, third and fourth 
anniversary dates of the grant, respectively, and terminate five to ten years from the date of grant.  Incentive stock options granted in 
2009 and one grant of 5,000 incentive stock options in 2011 vest in equal annual increments on each of the first seven anniversary 
dates and terminate ten years from the date of grant.  One grant of 25,000 incentive stock options in 2010 and one grant of 10,000 
incentive stock options in 2011 vest in equal annual increments on each of the first three anniversary dates and terminate ten years 
from the date of grant.  Non-qualified stock options granted under the 2005 LTIP generally vest 100% six months after the date of 
grant and terminate ten years from the date of grant.  One grant of 200,000 non-qualified stock options in 2009 vests in equal annual 
increments on each of the first seven anniversary dates and terminates ten years from the date of grant.  

A summary of the status of our stock options as of December 31, 2013 and changes during the year then ended is presented below: 

Outstanding at January 1, 2013 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited or expired 
Outstanding at December 31, 2013 
Exercisable at December 31, 2013 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 
(Years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
($000) 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

9.63 

7.58 
9.66 
10.19 

4.2 
4.0 

$ 
$ 

1,329 
866 

Number of 
Shares 
1,404,989 
- 
- 
(17,500 ) 
1,387,489 
1,181,417 

The following table details the intrinsic value of options exercised, total cost of share-based payments charged against income before 
income tax benefit and the amount of related income tax benefit recognized in income for the periods indicated (in thousands): 

Intrinsic value of options exercised 
Cost of share-based payments (non-cash) 
Income tax benefit of share-based payments recognized in 

income 

2013 

2012 

2011 

- 
207 

$ 
$ 

- 
380 

$ 
$ 

4 
709 

30 

$ 

38 

$ 

30 

$ 
$ 

$ 

As  of  December  31,  2013,  there  was  $0.5  million  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  non-vested  stock  options 
granted under our plans, of which $0.2 million is expected to be recognized each year in 2014 and 2015, $54 thousand is expected to 
be recognized in 2016 and $3 thousand is expected to be recognized in 2017. 

The fair value of each stock option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Expected 
volatilities are based on the historical volatility of Hallmark’s and similar companies’ common stock for a period equal to the expected 
term. The risk-free interest rates for periods within the contractual term of the options are based on rates for U.S. Treasury Notes 
with maturity dates corresponding to the options’ expected lives on the dates of grant. Expected term is determined based on the 
simplified method as we do not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a basis for estimating the expected term. 

There were no stock options granted in 2013 or 2012.  Stock options granted in 2011 had a weighted average grant date fair value of 
$2.52, expected term of 5.8 years, expected volatility of 30.9% and risk free interest rate of 1.4%. 

F-31 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
   
       
       
 
   
       
       
       
 
   
       
       
       
 
   
 
       
       
 
   
   
     
   
 
   
   
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
    
     
     
 
 
  
  
 
 
    
     
     
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

Restricted Stock Units: 

The 2005 LTIP was amended by the stockholders on May 30, 2013 to authorize the grant of restricted stock units, in addition to the other 
types of awards available thereunder.  Restricted stock units represent the right to receive shares of common stock upon the satisfaction 
of  vesting  requirements,  performance  criteria  and  other  terms  and  conditions.    On  July  27,  2012  and  April  10,  2013,  an  aggregate  of 
129,463  and  122,823  restricted  stock  units,  respectively,  were  conditionally  granted  to  certain  employees  of  the  Company  subject  to 
shareholder  approval  of  the  amendments  to  the  2005  LTIP  at  the  May  30,  2013  shareholder  meeting.  One  conditional  grant  of  9,280 
restricted stock units was forfeited prior to approval at the shareholder meeting.   

The performance criteria for all restricted stock units require that the Company achieve certain compound average annual growth rates in 
book value per share over the vesting period in order to receive shares of common stock in amounts ranging from 50% to 150% of the 
number of restricted stock units granted.  In addition, certain restricted stock units contain an additional performance criteria related to 
the attainment of an average combined ratio percentage over the vesting period.   If and to the extent specified performance criteria have 
been achieved, the restricted stock units granted on July 27, 2012 will vest on March 31, 2015, and the restricted stock units granted on 
April 10, 2013 will vest on March 31, 2016. 

Compensation cost is measured as an amount equal to the fair value of the restricted stock units and is expensed over the vesting period if 
achievement of the performance criteria is deemed probable, with the amount of the expense recognized based on the Company’s best 
estimate of the ultimate achievement level.  The grant date fair value of the restricted stock units is $9.20 per unit.  The Company incurred 
$145 thousand of compensation expense related to the restricted stock units during the year ended December 31, 2013. 

A  summary  of  the  status  of  our  restricted  stock  units  as  of  December  31,  2013  and  changes  during  the  year  then  ended  is  presented 
below:  

Nonvested at January 1, 2013 

Granted 

Vested 

Forfeited 

Nonvested at December 31, 2013 

Number of 

Restricted 

Stock Units 

               -    

       243,006  

               -    

               (6,155)    

       236,851  

As  of  December  31,  2013,  there  was  $0.5  million  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  non-vested  restricted  stock  units 
granted under our 2005 LTIP, of which $0.2 million is expected to be recognized in 2014, $0.2 million is expected to be recognized in 2015 
and $49 thousand is expected to be recognized in 2016. 

 14.  Retirement Plans: 

Certain  employees  of  the  Standard  Commercial  Segment  were  participants  in  a  defined  cash  balance  plan  covering  all  full-time 
employees who had completed at least 1,000 hours of service. This plan was frozen in March 2001 in anticipation of distribution of 
plan assets to members upon plan termination. All participants were vested when the plan was frozen. 

The following tables provide detail of the changes in benefit obligations, components of benefit costs, weighted-average assumptions, 
and plan assets for the retirement plan as of and for the twelve months ending December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in thousands) 
using a measurement date of December 31. 

F-32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

Assumptions (end of period): 
Discount rate used in determining benefit obligation 
Rate of compensation increase 

Reconciliation of funded status (end of period): 
Accumulated benefit obligation 

Projected benefit obligation 
Fair value of plan assets 
Funded status 

Net actuarial loss 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Prepaid pension cost 
Net amount recognized as of December 31 

Changes in projected benefit obligation: 
Benefit obligation as of beginning of period 
Interest cost 
Actuarial liability (gain)/loss 
Benefits paid 
Benefit obligation as of end of period 

Change in plan assets: 
Fair value of plan assets as of beginning of period 
Actual return on plan assets (net of expenses) 
Employer contributions 
Benefits paid 
Fair value of plan assets as of end of period 

Net periodic pension cost: 
Service cost - benefits earned during the period 
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation 
Expected return on plan assets 
Recognized actuarial loss 
Net periodic pension cost 

Discount rate 
Expected return on plan assets 
Rate of compensation increase 

2013 

2012 

2011 

4.49 % 
N/A 

3.89 % 
N/A 

4.50 % 
N/A 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(12,284 ) 

(12,284 ) 
10,851 
(1,433 ) 

(2,277 ) 
(2,277 ) 
844 
(1,433 ) 

13,439 
505 
(824 ) 
(836 ) 
12,284 

9,754 
1,565 
368 
(836 ) 
10,851 

- 
505 
(615 ) 
495 
385 

3.89 % 
6.50 % 
N/A 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(13,439 ) 

(13,439 ) 
9,754 
(3,685 ) 

(4,545 ) 
(4,545 ) 
860 
(3,685 ) 

12,990 
564 
700 
(815 ) 
13,439 

9,019 
839 
711 
(815 ) 
9,754 

- 
564 
(584 ) 
482 
462 

4.50 % 
6.50 % 
N/A 

(12,990 ) 

(12,990 ) 
9,019 
(3,971 ) 

(4,582 ) 
(4,582 ) 
611 
(3,971 ) 

12,050 
609 
1,160 
(829 ) 
12,990 

9,217 
(4 ) 
635 
(829 ) 
9,019 

- 
609 
(590 ) 
287 
306 

5.25 % 
6.50 % 
N/A 

F-33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

Estimated future benefit payments by fiscal year (in thousands): 

2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019-2023 

889 
$ 
897 
$ 
885 
$ 
884 
$ 
$ 
878 
$  4,170 

As of December 31, 2013, the fair value of the plan assets was composed of cash and cash  equivalents of $0.3 million, bonds and 
notes of $3.5 million and equity securities of $7.1 million. 

Our  investment  objectives  are  to  preserve  capital  and  to  achieve  long-term  growth  through  a  favorable  rate  of  return  equal  to  or 
greater than 5% over the long-term (60 year) average inflation rate as measured by the consumer price index. The objective of the 
equity portion of the portfolio is to achieve a return in excess of the Standard & Poor’s 500 index. The objective of the fixed income 
portion of the portfolio is to add stability, consistency, safety and total return to the total fund portfolio. 

We prohibit investments in options, futures, precious metals, short sales and purchase on margin. We also restrict the investment in 
fixed income securities to “A” rated or better by Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s rating services and restrict investments in common 
stocks  to  only  those  that  are  listed  and  actively  traded  on  one  or  more  of  the  major  United  States  stock  exchanges,  including 
NASDAQ. We manage to an asset allocation of 45% to 75% in equity securities. An investment in any single stock issue is restricted to 
5%  of  the  total  portfolio  value  and  90%  of  the  securities  held  in  mutual  or  commingled  funds  must  meet  the  criteria  for  common 
stocks. 

To  develop  the  expected  long-term  rate  of  return  on  assets  assumption,  we  consider  the  historical  returns  and  the  future 
expectations  for  returns  for  each  asset  class,  as  well  as  the  target  asset  allocation  of  the  pension  portfolio.  This  resulted  in  the 
selection of the 6.5% long-term  rate of return on assets assumption. To develop the discount rate used in determining the benefit 
obligation we used the Mercer Yield Curve at the measurement date to match the timing and amounts of projected future benefits. 

We estimate contributing $0.7  million to the  defined benefit cash balance plan during 2014. We expect our 2014 periodic pension 
cost to be $(4) thousand, the components of which are interest cost of $0.5 million, expected return on plan assets of ($0.7) million 
and amortization of actuarial loss of $0.2 million. 

The following table shows the weighted-average asset allocation for the defined benefit cash balance plan held as of December 31, 
2013 and 2012. 

Asset Category: 
Fixed income securities 
Equity securities 
Other 
Total 

12/31/13 

12/31/12 

32 % 
65 % 
3 % 
100 % 

33 % 
63 % 
4 % 
100 % 

Effective January 1, 2008, we determine the fair value of our financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established  in 
ASC 820. (See Note 3.) 

F-34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

The  following  table  presents,  for  each  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy  levels,  our  plan  assets  that  are  measured  at  fair  value  on  a 
recurring basis at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in thousands). 

Debt securities 
Equity securities 
Total 

Debt securities 
Equity securities 
Total 

As of December 31, 2013 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

$ 

$ 

- 
7,080 
7,080 

$ 

$ 

3,448 
- 
3,448 

$ 

$ 

- 
- 
- 

$ 

$ 

Total 

3,448 
7,080 
10,528 

As of December 31, 2012 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

$ 

$ 

- 
6,153 
6,153 

$ 

$ 

3,188 
- 
3,188 

$ 

$ 

- 
- 
- 

$ 

$ 

Total 

3,188 
6,153 
9,341 

Our  plan  assets  also  include  cash  and  cash  equivalents  of  $0.3  million  and  $0.4  million  at  December  31,  2013  and  2012, 
respectively, and are carried at cost which approximates fair value. 

We sponsor two defined contribution plans. Under these plans, employees may contribute a portion of their compensation on a 
tax-deferred basis, and we may contribute a discretionary amount each year. We contributed $0.3 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 
million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  

F-35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
   
   
     
 
 
 
   
   
     
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
  
     
     
     
 
 
   
   
   
 
  
     
     
     
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
   
   
     
 
 
 
   
   
     
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
  
     
     
     
 
 
   
   
   
 
  
     
     
     
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

 15. 

Income Taxes: 

The composition of deferred tax assets and liabilities and the related tax effects as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, are as 
follows (in thousands): 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Deferred policy acquisition costs 
Net unrealized holding gain on investments 
Agency relationship 
Intangible assets 
Goodwill 
Fixed assets 
Other 

Total deferred tax liabilities 

Deferred tax assets: 

Unearned premiums 
Alternative minimum tax 
Amortization of non-compete agreements 
Pension liability 
Net operating loss carry-forward 
Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense 
Rent reserve 
Investment impairments 
Other 

Total deferred tax assets 

2013 

2012 

$ 

$ 

(7,905 ) 
(9,730 ) 
(85 ) 
(6,129 ) 
(325 ) 
(499 ) 
(263 ) 
(24,936 ) 

(8,719 ) 
(5,622 ) 
(94 ) 
(6,852 ) 
(116 ) 
(685 ) 
(275 ) 
(22,363 ) 

9,822 
442 
417 
797 
611 
8,173 
366 
660 
823 
22,111 

9,806 
1,651 
476 
1,591 
702 
7,549 
363 
1,256 
909 
24,303 

Deferred federal income taxes, net 

$ 

(2,825 ) 

$ 

1,940 

A reconciliation of the income tax provisions based on the statutory tax rate to the provision reflected in the consolidated 
financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, is as follows (in thousands):  

Computed expected income tax expense (benefit) at statutory 

regulatory tax rate 

Meals and entertainment 
Tax exempt interest 
Dividends received deduction 

State taxes (net of federal benefit) 
Other 
Income tax expense (benefit)  

Current income tax expense (benefit)  
Deferred tax benefit 
Income tax expense (benefit)  

2013 

2012 

2011 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,878  
25  
(1,314 ) 
(101 ) 
276  
71  
2,835  

$ 

$ 

1,181  
28  
(1,631 ) 
(111 ) 
298  
(239 ) 
(474 ) 

$ 

$ 

(6,926 ) 

44 
(1,835 ) 
(99 ) 

84 
(222 ) 
(8,954 ) 

3,092  
(257 ) 
2,835  

$ 

$ 

2,377  
(2,851 ) 
(474 ) 

$ 

$ 

(6,059 ) 
(2,895 ) 
(8,954 ) 

F-36 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
     
       
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
   
 
     
 
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

We have available, for federal income tax purposes, unused net operating loss of approximately $1.7 million at December 31, 2013. The 
losses were acquired as part of the HIC and HCM acquisitions and may be used to offset future taxable income. Utilization of the losses is 
limited under Internal Revenue Code Section 382. The Internal Revenue Code provides that effective with tax years beginning September 
1997, the carry-back and carry-forward periods are 2 years and 20 years, respectively, with respect to newly generated operating losses. 
The net operating losses will expire if unused, as follows (in thousands): 

Year 
2021 
2022 
2028 
2030 
2031 

2032 
2033 

$ 

$ 

650 
878 
2 
25 
45 
77  
70 
1,747 

We are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 
2010. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. There were no 
uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2013. 

16. 

Commitments and Contingencies: 

We have several leases, primarily for office facilities and computer equipment, which expire in various years through 2022. 
Certain of these leases contain renewal options. Rental expense amounted to $2.2 million, $2.3 million and $2.0 million for the 
years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. 

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands): 

Year 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 and thereafter  
Total minimum lease payments  

$  1,987 
1,969 
1,641 
1,484 
1,193 
3,166 
$  11,440 

From time to time, assessments are levied on us by the guaranty association of the states where we offer our insurance products. 
Such  assessments  are  made  primarily  to  cover  the  losses  of  policyholders  of  insolvent  or  rehabilitated  insurers.  Since  these 
assessments can generally be recovered through a reduction in future premium taxes paid, we capitalize the assessments that can 
be recovered as they are paid and amortize the capitalized balance against our premium tax expense. We paid an assessment of 
$29  thousand  in  2013.  We  paid  an  assessment  of  $0.1  million  in  2012  that  was  expensed.  There  were  no  assessments  during 
2011. 

In  December  2010,  HSU  was  informed  by  the  Texas  Comptroller  of  Public  Accounts  that  a  surplus  lines  tax  audit  covering  the 
period  January  1,  2007  through  December  31,  2009  was  complete.  HSU  frequently  acts  as  a  managing  general  underwriter 
(“MGU”)  authorized  to  underwrite  policies  on  behalf  of  Republic  Vanguard  Insurance  Company  and  HSIC,  both  Texas  eligible 

F-37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

surplus lines insurance carriers. In its role as the MGU, HSU underwrites policies on behalf of these carriers while other agencies 
located in Texas generally referred to as “producing agents” deliver the policies to the insureds and collect all premiums due from 
the  insureds.  During  the  period  under  audit,  the  producing  agents  also  collected  the  surplus  lines  premium  taxes  due  on  the 
policies  from  the  insureds,  held  them  in  trust,  and  timely  remitted  those  taxes  to  the  Comptroller.  We  believe  this  system  for 
collecting and paying the required surplus lines premium taxes complies in all respects with the Texas Insurance Code and other 
regulations,  which  clearly  require  that  the  same  party  who  delivers  the  policies  and  collects  the  premiums  will  also  collect 
premium  taxes,  hold  premium  taxes  in  trust,  and  pay  premium  taxes  to  the  Comptroller.  It  also  complies  with  long  standing 
industry practice. The Comptroller asserts that HSU is liable for the surplus lines premium taxes related to policy transactions and 
premiums  collected  from  surplus  lines  insureds  during  the  audit  period  and  that  HSU  therefore  owes  $4.5  million  in  premium 
taxes, as well as $0.9 million in penalties and interest for the audit period. 

We disagree with the Comptroller and intend to vigorously fight their assertion that HSU is liable for the surplus lines premium 
taxes.  During  the  past  year  we  have  been  engaged  in  conversations  with  the  Comptroller’s  counsel.  We  are  currently  in 
negotiations with the Comptroller to settle the matter.  However, we are presently unable to reasonably estimate the possible 
loss  or  legal  costs  that  are  likely  to  arise  out  of  the  surplus  lines  tax  audit  or  any  future  proceedings  relating  to  this  matter. 
Therefore we have not accrued any amount as of December 31, 2013 related to this matter. 

We are engaged in legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, none of which, either individually or in the aggregate, are 
believed likely to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations, in the opinion of 
management. The various legal proceedings to which we are a party are routine in nature and incidental to our business. 

F-38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

 17. 

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Balances: 

The changes in accumulated other comprehensive income balances as of December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 were as follows (in 
thousands): 

Balance at January 1, 2011 

Other comprehensive loss: 

Change in net actuarial loss 

Tax effect on change in net actuarial loss 

Unrealized holding gains arising during the period 

Tax effect on unrealized gains arising during the period 

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net realized gains 
Tax effect on reclassification adjustment for gains included in income 
tax expense 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax 

Balance at December 31, 2011 

Other comprehensive income: 

Change in net actuarial gain 

Tax effect on change in net actuarial gain 

Unrealized holding gains arising during the period 

Tax effect on unrealized gains arising during the period 

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net realized gains 
Tax effect on reclassification adjustment for gains included in income 
tax expense 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax 

Pension 
Liability 

Unrealized 
Gains (Loss) 

$ 

(2,024 )  $ 

11,661   $ 

(1,468 )   
514    
-    
-    
-    

-    
(954 )   

-    
-    
191    
(67 )   
(3,633 )   

1,272    
(2,237 )   

$ 

(2,978 )  $ 

9,424   $ 

37    
(13 )   
-    
-    
-    

-    
24    

-    
-    
4,388    
(1,536 )   
(2,189 )   

766    
1,429    

Balance at December 31, 2012 

Other comprehensive income: 

Change in net actuarial gain 

Tax effect on change in net actuarial gain 

Unrealized holding gains arising during the period 

Tax effect on unrealized gains arising during the period 

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net realized gains 
Tax effect on reclassification adjustment for gains included in income 
tax expense 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax 

$ 

(2,954 )  $ 

10,853   $ 

2,268    
(794 )   
-    
-    
-    

-    
1,474    

-    
-    
22,094    
(7,733 )   
(10,540 )   

3,689    
7,510    

Balance at December 31, 2013 

$ 

(1,480 )   $ 

18,363   $ 

F-39 

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

9,637 

(1,468 ) 

514 

191 

(67 ) 

(3,633 ) 

1,272 

(3,191 ) 

6,446 

37 
(13 ) 

4,388 

(1,536 ) 

(2,189 ) 

766 

1,453 

7,899 

2,268 

(794 ) 

22,094 

(7,733 ) 

(10,540 ) 

3,689 

8,984 

16,883 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
    
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
    
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

 18. 

Concentrations of Credit Risk: 

We  maintain  cash  and  cash  equivalents  in  accounts  with  seven  financial  institutions  in  excess  of  the  amount  insured  by  the 
Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation.  We  monitor  the  financial  stability  of  the  depository  institutions  regularly  and  do  not 
believe excessive risk of depository institution failure existed at December 31, 2013. 

We are also subject to credit risk with respect to reinsurers to whom we have ceded underwriting risk. Although a reinsurer is 
liable  for  losses  to  the  extent  of  the  coverage  it  assumes,  we  remain  obligated  to  our  policyholders  in  the  event  that  the 
reinsurers  do  not  meet  their  obligations  under  the  reinsurance  agreements.  In  order  to  mitigate  credit  risk  to  reinsurance 
companies,  we  monitor  the  financial  condition  of  reinsurers  on  an  ongoing  basis  and  review  our  reinsurance  arrangements 
periodically. Most of our reinsurance recoverable balances as of December 31, 2013 were with reinsurers that had an A.M. Best 
rating of “A-” or better. We also mitigate our credit risk for the remaining reinsurance recoverable by obtaining letters of credit. 

19. 

Unaudited Selected Quarterly Financial Information: 

Following  is  a  summary  of  the  unaudited  interim  results  of  operations  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012  (in 
thousands,  except  per  share  data).  In  the  opinion  of  management,  all  adjustments  necessary  to  present  fairly  the  results  of 
operations for such periods have been made. 

Total revenue 
Total expense 
Income (loss) before tax 
Income tax expense (benefit) 
Net income (loss) 
Net income attributable to non-
controlling interest 
Net income (loss) attributable to 
Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. 

2013 

2012 

Q1 
$ 93,141 
90,978 
2,163 
469 
1,694 

Q2 
$  99,299 
104,616 
(5,317 ) 
(2,166 ) 
(3,151 ) 

Q3 
$ 108,613 
99,141 
9,472 
3,198 
6,274 

Q4 
$  88,375 
83,613 
4,762 
1,334 
3,428 

Q1 
$  82,986 
82,769 
217 
23 
194 

Q2 
$  84,571 
88,722 
(4,151 ) 
(2,351 ) 
(1,800 ) 

Q3 
$  85,620 
80,599 
5,021 
1,350 
3,671 

Q4 
$ 88,623 
86,336 
2,287 
504 
1,783 

- 

- 

- 

- 

23 

43 

258 

- 

$  1,694 

(3,151 ) 

$  6,274 

$  3,428 

$ 

171 

$  (1,843 ) 

$  3,413 

$  1,783 

Basic earnings (loss) per share: 

$ 

0.09 

$ 

(0.16 ) 

$ 

0.33 

$ 

0.18 

$ 

0.01 

$ 

(0.10 ) 

$ 

0.18 

$ 

0.09 

Diluted earnings (loss) per share: 

$ 

0.09 

$ 

(0.16 ) 

$ 

0.32 

$ 

0.18 

$ 

0.01 

$ 

(0.10 ) 

$ 

0.18 

$ 

0.09 

F-40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
     
     
     
   
 
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
     
   
     
     
     
   
     
 
   
     
   
     
     
     
   
     
 
   
     
   
     
     
     
   
     
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
     
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

Schedule II – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only) 

HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. 
BALANCE SHEETS 
December 31, 2013 and 2012 
(In thousands) 

ASSETS 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Investment in subsidiaries 
Deferred federal income taxes 
Other assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Liabilities: 

Revolving credit facility payable 
Subordinated debt securities 
Current federal income tax payable 
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses 

2013 

2012 

$ 

8,063 
316,295 
930 
3,729 

$ 

1,112 
296,258 
2,112 
3,416 

$ 

329,017 

$ 

302,898 

$ 

$ 

1,473 
56,702 
3,353 
29,371 

90,899 

1,473 
56,702 
7,047 
17,139 

82,361 

Stockholders’ equity: 

Common stock, $.18 par value, authorized 33,333,333 shares; issued 20,872,831 

shares in 2013 and in 2012 
Capital in excess of par value 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 
Treasury stock (1,609,374 shares in 2013 and 2012), at cost 

3,757 
122,827 
106,209 
16,883 
(11,558 ) 

3,757 
122,475 
97,964 
7,899 
(11,558 ) 

Total stockholders’ equity 

238,118 

220,537 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

$ 

329,017 

$ 

302,898 

See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm.  

F-41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

Schedule II (Continued) – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only) 

HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. 
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 
(In thousands) 

Investment loss, net of expenses 

Management fee income 

Operating expenses 

Interest expense 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Loss before equity in undistributed earnings (loss) of subsidiaries and 
income tax benefit 

Income tax benefit 

Loss before equity in undistributed earnings (loss) of subsidiaries 

Equity in undistributed share of earnings (loss) in subsidiaries 

Net income (loss) 

Comprehensive income (loss) 

2013 

2012 

2011 

$ 

(190 ) 
8,518  
8,328  

7,764  
4,599  
-  

$ 

(181 ) 
8,485  
8,304  

8,079  
4,634  
17  

(194 ) 

7,288 

7,094 

7,851 

4,631 

42 

12,363  

12,730  

12,524 

(4,035 ) 

(4,426 ) 

(5,430 ) 

(1,227 ) 

(1,627 ) 

(1,669 ) 

(2,808 ) 
11,053  

8,245  

17,229  

$ 

$ 

(2,799 ) 
6,323  

3,524  

4,977  

$ 

$ 

(3,761 ) 

(7,130 ) 

(10,891 ) 

(14,082 ) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm.  

F-42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

Schedule II (Continued) – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only) 

HALLMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 
(In thousands) 

2013 

2012 

2011 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income (loss) 

$ 

8,245 

$ 

3,524 

$ 

(10,891 ) 

Adjustments  to  reconcile  net  income  (loss)  to  cash  provided  by  (used  in) 
operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization expense 
Deferred income tax expense (benefit) 
Undistributed share of (earnings) loss of subsidiaries 
Change in current federal income tax (recoverable)payable  

Change in all other liabilities 

Change in all other assets 

92 

1,182 
(11,053 ) 
(3,694 ) 
12,232  
63  

113 
(1,725 ) 
(6,323 ) 
4,030 
357  
450  

168  
          (215 
    ) 
7,130 
) 
(4,838 

5,155 
1,074  

) 
   ) 
   ) 
   ) 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 

7,067 

426 

    ) 
(2,417 

     ) 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchases of property and equipment, net 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options 
Purchase of treasury shares 

Activity under revolving credit facility, net 
Net cash used in financing activities 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Supplemental cash flow information: 

Interest paid 

Income taxes (paid) recovered  

(116 ) 

(116 ) 

- 

- 
-  
- 

6,951 
1,112 

8,063 

(46 ) 

(46 ) 

- 
- 

(2,577 ) 
(2,577 ) 

(2,197 ) 

3,309 

$ 

1,112 

(4,599 ) 

(1,285 ) 

$ 

$ 

(4,656 ) 

3,932 

    ) 
(205 

     ) 

    ) 
(205 

     ) 

     ) 

     ) 

99  
(6,401 
    ) 
1,250  
(5,052 ) 

(7,674 
    ) 
10,983  
3,309  

    ) 
(4,620 

     ) 

    ) 
(3,383 

     ) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm. 

F-43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

Schedule III - Supplementary Insurance Information 

(In thousands) 
Column A 
Segment 

2013 

Column B 
Deferred 
Policy 
Acquisition 
Costs 

Column C 
Future 
Policy 
Benefits, 
Losses, 
Claims and 
Loss 
Adjustment 
Expenses 

Column D 
Unearned 
Premiums 

Column E 
Other 
Policy 
Claims 
and Benefits 
Payable 

Column F 
Premium 
Revenue 

Column G 
Net 
Investment 
Income 

Column H 
Benefits, 
Claims, Losses 
and Settlement 
Expenses 

Column I 
Amortization 
of Deferred 
Policy 
Acquisition 
Costs 

Column J 
Other 
Operating 
Expenses 

Column K 
Net 
Premiums 
Written 

Personal Segment 

$ 

660 

$ 

38,294 

$  17,989 

$ 

- 

$ 

63,800 

$ 

Standard Commercial Segment 

6,124 

111,473 

36,309 

Specialty Commercial Segment 
Corporate 

15,802 
- 

232,873 
- 

131,005 
- 

- 

- 
- 

78,176 

218,565 
- 

Consolidated 

$  22,586 

$  382,640 

$ 185,303 

$ 

- 

$ 

360,541 

$ 

$ 

2,065  
5,031  
11,021  
(5,233 ) 

12,884  

$ 

52,656 

$ 

17,759 

$  16,957 

$  45,644 

56,143 

8,254 

25,313 

79,466 

152,546 
- 

31,264 
- 

56,974 
7,720 

235,655 
- 

261,345 

$ 

57,277 

$ 106,964 

$ 360,765 

2012 
Personal Segment 
Standard Commercial Segment 
Specialty Commercial Segment 
Corporate 

$ 

$ 

4,952 
5,968 
13,991 
- 

$ 

40,387 
103,610 
169,419 
- 

$  21,125 
35,073 
106,304 
- 

$ 

- 
- 
- 
- 

$ 

81,451 
69,155 
168,830 
- 

$ 

2,449 
4,925 
9,435 
(1,516 ) 

$ 

69,606 
52,828 
103,980 
- 

17,250 
10,825 
31,730 
- 

$  26,413 
22,742 
49,170 
7,825 

$  76,345 
70,091 
186,053 
- 

Consolidated 

$  24,911 

$  313,416 

$ 162,502 

$ 

- 

$ 

319,436 

$ 

15,293 

$ 

226,414 

$ 

59,805 

$ 106,150 

$ 332,489 

2011  
Personal Segment 
Standard Commercial Segment 
Specialty Commercial Segment 
Corporate 

$ 

$ 

6,020 
5,976 
10,558 
- 

$ 

53,280 
100,487 
143,178 
- 

$  26,307 
32,854 
86,943 
- 

$ 

- 
- 
- 
- 

$ 

92,962 
64,586 
135,493 
- 

$ 

2,470 
4,061 
7,416 
1,933 

$ 

101,030 
50,940 
87,265 
- 

13,865 
12,721 
21,189 
- 

$  29,706 
20,589 
39,471 
6,962 

$  95,655 
63,944 
144,277 
- 

Consolidated 

$  22,554 

$  296,945 

$ 146,104 

$ 

- 

$ 

293,041 

$ 

15,880 

$ 

239,235 

$ 

47,775 

$  96,728 

$ 303,876 

See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm. 

F-44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
 
 
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
    
     
     
   
 
    
     
     
     
     
     
 
    
     
     
   
 
    
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
    
     
     
   
 
    
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
     
     
   
 
    
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
    
     
     
   
 
    
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
     
     
   
 
    
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Schedule IV – Reinsurance 

(In thousands) 
Column A 

Year Ended December 31, 2013 
Life insurance in force 

Premiums 

Life insurance 
Accident and health insurance 
Property and liability insurance 
Title Insurance 

Total premiums 

Year Ended December 31, 2012 
Life insurance in force 

Premiums 

Life insurance 

Accident and health insurance 
Property and liability insurance 

Title Insurance 

Total premiums 

Year Ended December 31, 2011 
Life insurance in force 

Premiums 

Life insurance 
Accident and health insurance 
Property and liability insurance 

Title Insurance 

Total premiums 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

Column B 
Gross 
Amount 

- 

$ 

- 
- 
434,022 
- 
434,022 

$ 

$ 

Column C 
Ceded to 
Other 
Companies 
- 

- 
- 
76,685 
- 
76,685 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Column D 
Assumed 
From Other 
Companies 

Column E 
Net 
Amount 

Column F 
Percentage 
of Amount 
Assumed to Net 

- 

$ 

- 

- 
- 
3,204 
- 
3,204 

$ 

- 
- 
360,541 
- 
$  360,541 

- 

$ 

- 

$ 

- 

$ 

- 

$ 

- 

$ 

- 

$ 

- 

- 

- 
369,735 

- 
369,735 

$ 

- 
54,413 

- 
54,413 

$ 

- 
4,114 

- 
4,114 

- 
319,436 

- 
$  319,436 

- 

$ 

- 

$ 

- 

$ 

- 

 $ 

- 
- 
344,642 

- 
344,642 

 $ 

- 
- 
57,039 

- 
57,039 

$ 

$ 

- 
- 
5,438 

- 
5,438 

$ 

- 
- 
293,041 

- 
$  293,041 

0.89 % 

0.89 % 

1.29 % 

1.29 % 

1.86 % 

1.86 % 

See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm. 

F-45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
    
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
   
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
    
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
 
  
 
  
  
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
    
 
 
  
 
  
  
   
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
 
  
 
  
  
    
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
 
  
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
   
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
 
  
 
  
  
    
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
 
  
  
  
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

Schedule VI - Supplemental Information Concerning Property-Casualty Insurance Operations 

(In thousands) 

Column A 

Column B 

Column C 

Column D 

Column E 

Column F 

Column G 

Deferred 
Policy 
Acquisition 
Costs 

Reserves 
for Unpaid 
Claims and 
Claim Adjustment 
Expenses 

Discount 
if any, 
Deducted 
In Column C 

Unearned 
Premiums 

Earned 
Premiums 

Net 
Investment 
Income 

Affiliation 
With 
Registrant 

(a) Consolidated 

property-casualty 
Entities 

Column H 
Claims and Claim 
Adjustment 
Expenses Incurred Related to 

(1) 
Current  
Year 

(2) 
Prior  
Years 

Column I 

Column J 

Column K 

Net Premiums 
Written 

Amortization 
of Deferred 
Policy 
Acquisition 
Costs 

Paid 
Claims and 
Claims 
Adjustment 
Expenses 

2013 
2012  
2011  

$ 
$ 
$ 

22,586 
24,911 
22,554 

$ 
$ 
$ 

382,640 
313,416 
296,945 

$ 
$ 
$ 

- 
- 
- 

$  185,303 
$  162,502 
$  146,104 

$  360,541 
$  319,436 
$  293,041 

$ 
$ 
$ 

12,884 
15,293 
15,880 

$ 
$ 
$ 

251,391 
230,089 
222,869 

$ 
$ 
$ 

9,954  
(3,675 ) 
16,366 

$ 
$ 
$ 

57,277 
59,805 
47,775 

$  212,709 
$  217,483 
$  206,873 

$ 
$ 
$ 

360,765 
332,489 
303,876 

See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm.  

F-46 

 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
 
 
 
  
 
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
 
 
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
 
 
    
   
    
     
     
     
     
       
     
     
     
 
    
   
    
     
     
     
     
       
     
     
     
 
    
   
    
     
     
     
     
       
     
     
     
 
    
   
    
     
     
     
     
       
     
     
     
 
 
    
   
    
     
     
     
     
       
     
     
     
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
 
 
    
   
  
 
     
     
     
     
       
     
     
     
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
NASDAQ:  HALL

Headquartered in Fort Worth, Texas,
Hallmark Financial Services, Inc. is a publicly traded 
holding company with wholly owned subsidiaries 
engaged in property and casualty insurance.

HAllMAR k'S BuSIneSS PlAn

ouR coRPoRATe STRATegy

is  to  operate  as  a  diversified  underwriter  of  niche  property  and  casualty 
insurance  products.  This  plan  is  executed  by  five  wholly  owned  business 
units,  each  with  separate  specialty  product  focus.  each  business  unit  is 
independent of each other and has their own senior management, under-
writing, and claims staff.

is  to  create  a  “Best-in-class”  Specialty  Insurance  company  focused on 
under writing  profitability  and  long-term  growth  of  stockholders’  book 
value  per  share.  our  specialty  product  focus  and  niche  market  strategy 
enable us to develop and retain in-house underwriting expertise and spe-
cialized  market  knowledge,  which  helps  differentiate  Hallmark  from  our 
competitors.  each  business  unit  tailors  its  products  and  product  distribu-
tion to the unique nature of the risk and coverages they provide.

ouR FInAncIAl goAl

is to earn a consistent underwriting profit and build long-term shareholder 
value  by  focusing  on  profitability  and  operating  efficiency  versus  topline 
premium growth and market share.

Corporate Information

BoARd oF dIRecToRS

Mark E. Schwarz
Executive Chairman

Scott T. Berlin
Managing director,
Brown, gibbons, lang & company

James H. Graves
Partner, erwin, graves & Associates, lP

Jim W. Henderson
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
AssuredPartners, Inc.

MAnAgeMenT TeAM

Mark E. Schwarz
Executive Chairman

Mark J. Morrison
President & Chief Executive Officer

Kevin T. Kasitz
Executive Vice President &
Chief Operating Officer

Jeffrey R. Passmore
Senior vice President &
Chief Accounting Officer

Donald E. Meyer
President of e&S commercial
Business unit

Robert B. Wilson
President of Standard commercial 
Business unit

James A. Damonte
President of Hallmark Select
Business unit

Michael P. Binns
President of Personal lines
Business unit

IndePendenT RegISTeRed PuBlIc 
AccounTAnTS

Ernst & Young LLP
201 Main Street
Suite 1100
Ft. Worth, Texas 76102

STock SyMBol

Hallmark Financial Services, Inc.
common stock is listed on the
nASdAQ global Market under
the symbol “HAll.”

TRAnSFeR Agen T

Securities Transfer Corporation
2591 dallas Parkway
Suite 102
Frisco, Texas 75034
(469) 633-0101

legAl counSel

McGuire, Craddock & Strother, P.C.
dallas, Texas

STockHoldeR MeeTIng

The annual meeting of stockholders will be held 
at 10:00 a.m. cdT on May 30, 2014 at 777 Main 
Street,  11th  Floor  conference  Room,  Ft.  Worth, 
Texas 76102.

coRPoRATe HeAdQuARTeRS

Hallmark Financial Services, Inc.
777 Main Street
Suite 1000
Ft. Worth, Texas 76102
(817) 348-1600
www.hallmarkgrp.com

Annual Report 2013

H
A
l

l

M
A
R

k

F

I

n
A
n
c

I

A
l

S

e
R
v

I

c
e

S

,

I

n
c

.

A
n
n
u
A
l

R
e
P
o
R
T

2
0
1
3

777 Main Street, Suite 1000  I  Fort Worth, Texas 76102  I  P (817) 348-1600  I  www.hallmarkgp.com